diff options
| author | Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com> | 2016-04-21 12:58:09 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com> | 2016-04-21 13:22:58 +0200 |
| commit | 0732bbfc5365529452255fc0263416c0455b127b (patch) | |
| tree | 804e4290eac47539f23acbbe7653f746def253be /source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po | |
| parent | b0a83a046ece7e828d6a7a2d1304661a8367012c (diff) | |
update translations for 5.2.0 alpha1
and force-fix errors using pocheck
Change-Id: I75bca3b0cc0333302eac4d11c98ad26dfdc35fd6
Diffstat (limited to 'source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po')
| -rw-r--r-- | source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po | 1920 |
1 files changed, 1000 insertions, 920 deletions
diff --git a/source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po b/source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po index b8f0bf373e1..74a7b31bee5 100644 --- a/source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po +++ b/source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-12-11 12:58+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-27 19:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Leif Lodahl <leiflodahl@gmail.com>\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-16 21:40+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-18 23:32+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesper Hertel <jesper.hertel@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: da\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Pootle 2.7\n" "X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n" -"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1453922306.000000\n" +"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1458343950.000000\n" #: anchor_object.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -25,63 +25,64 @@ msgid "Positioning Objects" msgstr "Placering af objekter" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "bm_id3147828\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekter;forankringsindstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>placere;objekter (guide)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forankringer;indstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer;forankringsindstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder;forankringsindstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centrere;billeder på HTML-sider</bookmark_value>" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "hd_id3147828\n" -"45\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Placering af objekter\">Placering af objekter</link></variable>" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3147251\n" -"46\n" "help.text" msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:" msgstr "Du kan bruge ankre til at placere et objekt, grafik eller en ramme i et dokument. Et forankret element forbliver på plads, eller flytter når du ændrer dokumentet. De følgende forankringsindstillinger er tilgængelige:" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3145599\n" -"47\n" "help.text" msgid "Anchoring" msgstr "Forankring" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3145622\n" -"48\n" "help.text" msgid "Effect" msgstr "Effekt" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3145650\n" -"49\n" "help.text" msgid "As character" msgstr "Som tegn" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3151181\n" -"50\n" "help.text" msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased." msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element som et tegn i den aktuelle tekst. Hvis højden for det valgte element er større end den valgte skrifttypestørrelse, vil højden af linjen, som indeholder elementet, blive forøget." @@ -95,84 +96,84 @@ msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as char msgstr "For at centrere et billede på en HTML-side skal du indsætte billedet, forankre det \"som tegn\" og så centrere afsnittet." #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3151212\n" -"51\n" "help.text" msgid "To character" msgstr "Til tegn" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3151235\n" -"52\n" "help.text" msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character." msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til et tegn." #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3155071\n" -"53\n" "help.text" msgid "To paragraph" msgstr "Til afsnit" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3155094\n" -"54\n" "help.text" msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph." msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til det aktuelle afsnit." #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3155122\n" -"55\n" "help.text" msgid "To page" msgstr "Til side" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3155144\n" -"56\n" "help.text" msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page." msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til den nuværende side." #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3145674\n" -"57\n" "help.text" msgid "To frame" msgstr "Til ramme" #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3145697\n" -"58\n" "help.text" msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame." msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til den omgivende ramme." #: anchor_object.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "anchor_object.xhp\n" "par_id3145715\n" -"59\n" "help.text" -msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu." +msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> submenu." msgstr "Når du indsætter et objekt, grafik eller en ramme, dukker et ankerikon op, der hvor elementet bliver forankret. Du kan placere et forankret element ved at trække elementet til en anden placering. For at ændre indstillinger for forankringen af et element skal du højreklikke på elementet og så vælge en indstilling fra undermenuen <item type=\"menuitem\">Forankring</item>." #: arrange_chapters.xhp @@ -371,12 +372,12 @@ msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting" msgstr "For at aktivere automatisk punktopstilling" #: auto_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "auto_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3152830\n" -"29\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Apply numbering – symbol”." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Autokorrekturindstillinger</item>, klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger</item>, og vælg så <emph>Anvend Nummerering - ikon</emph>." #: auto_numbering.xhp @@ -510,12 +511,12 @@ msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List" msgstr "For at fjerne et ord fra Autokorrekturlisten" #: auto_off.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "auto_off.xhp\n" "par_id3147274\n" -"14\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>." #: auto_off.xhp @@ -555,12 +556,12 @@ msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks" msgstr "For at stoppe erstatning af anførselstegn" #: auto_off.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "auto_off.xhp\n" "par_id3151196\n" -"6\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>." #: auto_off.xhp @@ -636,12 +637,12 @@ msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the follo msgstr "$[officename] tegner automatisk en linje, når du skriver tre af de følgende tegn og trykker på Enter: - _ = * ~ #" #: auto_off.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "auto_off.xhp\n" "par_id3155439\n" -"19\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>." #: auto_off.xhp @@ -821,12 +822,12 @@ msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or wor msgstr "Du kan forhindre Autokorrektur i at rette specifikke forkortelser eller ord, som har blandede store og små bogstaver." #: autocorr_except.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autocorr_except.xhp\n" "par_id3155576\n" -"13\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Undtagelser</item>." #: autocorr_except.xhp @@ -874,81 +875,82 @@ msgid "Using AutoText" msgstr "Brug af Autotekst" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "bm_id3155521\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>Autotekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>netværk og Autotekstkataloger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;Autotekst genveje</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udskrive;Autotekst genveje</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;tekstblokke</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstblokke</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blokke af tekst</bookmark_value>" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "hd_id3155521\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Brug af Autotekst\">Brug af Autotekst</link></variable>" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3150534\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text." msgstr "I $[officename] Writer, kan du lagre tekst - også med grafik, tabeller og felter - som Autotekst, så du hurtigt kan indsætte teksten senere. Hvis du vil, kan du også lagre formateret tekst." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "hd_id3155539\n" -"48\n" "help.text" -msgid "To To Create an AutoText Entry" +msgid "To Create an AutoText Entry" msgstr "For at oprette et Autotekstelement" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3155560\n" -"47\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character." msgstr "Vælg teksten, teksten med grafik, tabellen eller feltet, som du vil gemme som et Autotekst-element. Grafik kan kun lagres, hvis det er forankret som et tegn og der er mindst ét teksttegn foran og efter." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3155581\n" -"57\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - AutoText</item>." -msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger - Autotekst</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoText</item>." +msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Filer - Eksporter</item>." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3147761\n" -"58\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText." msgstr "Marker kategorien hvor du vil lagre Autoteksten." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3147779\n" -"59\n" "help.text" msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut." msgstr "Skriv et navn som er længere end fire tegn. Dette giver dig mulighed for at bruge Autotekstindstillingen <emph>Vis resten af navnet som tip under skrivning</emph>. Hvis du vil, kan du ændre den foreslåede genvej." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3147807\n" -"60\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>." msgstr "Klik på knappen <emph>Autotekst</emph> og vælg så <emph>Ny</emph>." @@ -962,163 +964,163 @@ msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button." msgstr "Klik på knappen <emph>Luk</emph>." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "hd_id3147282\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry" msgstr "For at indsætte et Autotekstelement" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3145597\n" -"61\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry." msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte et Autotekst-element." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3145615\n" -"28\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"><emph>Edit - AutoText</emph></link>." +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\"><emph>Tools - AutoText</emph></link>." msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"><emph>Rediger - Autotekst</emph></link>." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3145644\n" -"38\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>." +msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>." msgstr "Marker Autoteksten som du vil indsætte, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3145668\n" -"30\n" "help.text" -msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry." +msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry." msgstr "Du kan også skrive genvejen for et Autotekst-element og så trykke F3 eller klikke på pilen ved siden af ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Autotekst</item> på værktøjslinjen<item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og så vælge et Autotekst-element." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3155090\n" -"43\n" "help.text" msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3." msgstr "For hurtigt at indtaste en %PRODUCTNAME Math formel, skal du skrive <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, og så trykke F3. Hvis du indsætter mere end en enkelt formel, bliver formlerne nummereret sekventielt. For at indsætte dummytekst, skal du skrive <item type=\"literal\">dt</item> og så trykke F3." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "hd_id3155115\n" -"45\n" "help.text" msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries" msgstr "For at udskrive en liste af Autotekst-elementer" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3155136\n" -"44\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Makroer - Administrer makroer - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3155160\n" -"62\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText." msgstr "I træstrukturen <emph>Makro fra</emph>, vælg %PRODUCTNAME Makroer - Gimmicks - Autotekst." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3151277\n" -"63\n" "help.text" msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document." msgstr "Vælg \"Main\" i listen <emph>eksisterende makroer i: AutoTekst</emph>og klik så på <emph>Udfør</emph>. En liste med de aktuelle Autotekst-elementer genereres i et separat tekstdokument." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3151304\n" -"64\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Udskriv</emph>." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "hd_id3151327\n" -"49\n" "help.text" msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations" msgstr "Brug af Autotekst i netværksinstallationer" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3151355\n" -"50\n" "help.text" msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network." msgstr "Du kan gemme Autotekst-elementer i forskellige biblioteker på et netværk." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3151370\n" -"51\n" "help.text" msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory." msgstr "For eksempel kan du lagre skrivebeskyttede Autotekst-elementer for dit firma på en central server og brugerdefinerede Autotekst-elementer i et lokalt bibliotek." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3151390\n" -"52\n" "help.text" msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration." msgstr "Stierne til Autotekst-bibliotekerne kan redigeres i konfigurationen." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3154960\n" -"53\n" "help.text" msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used." msgstr "To biblioteker bliver listet her. Det første er på serverinstallationen og den anden er i brugerkataloget. Hvis der er to Autotekst-elementer med det samme navn i begge biblioteker, vil elementet fra brugerkataloget blive brugt." #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3154995\n" -"42\n" "help.text" -msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">Edit - AutoText</link>" +msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoText\">Tools - AutoText</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Rediger - Autotekst\">Rediger - Autotekst</link>" #: autotext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "autotext.xhp\n" "par_id3155012\n" -"46\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Ordfuldførelse\">Ordfuldførelse</link>" @@ -1309,11 +1311,12 @@ msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the msgstr "For at tildele en baggrundsfarve til et tekstafsnit indenfor en celle, placer markøren inde i tekstafsnittet, klik så på farven på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Baggrundsfarve</item>." #: background.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "background.xhp\n" "par_idN10A56\n" "help.text" -msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlighting icon</link>" +msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlight Color icon</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Fremhævelsesikon</link>" #: background.xhp @@ -2251,56 +2254,57 @@ msgid "Calculating in Text Documents" msgstr "Beregning i tekstdokumenter" #: calculate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate.xhp\n" "bm_id3149909\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>beregne; i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formler; beregne i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>referencer;i Writer-tabeller</bookmark_value>" #: calculate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate.xhp\n" "hd_id3149909\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Beregning i tekstdokumenter\">Beregning i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>" #: calculate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate.xhp\n" "par_id3149949\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table." msgstr "Du kan indsætte en beregning direkte ind i et tekstdokument eller ind i en teksttabel." #: calculate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate.xhp\n" "par_id3149972\n" -"3\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte beregningen, og tryk så F2. Hvis du er i en tabelcelle, indtast et lighedstegn =." #: calculate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate.xhp\n" "par_id3155547\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter." msgstr "Indtast beregningen, som du vil indsætte, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, og tryk så på Enter." #: calculate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate.xhp\n" "par_id3155565\n" -"11\n" "help.text" -msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula." +msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula." msgstr "Du kan også klikke ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item> på <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinjen</item>, og så vælge en funktion til din formel." #: calculate.xhp @@ -2468,81 +2472,82 @@ msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents" msgstr "Beregning af komplekse formler i tekstdokumenter" #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "bm_id3147406\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>formler;komplekse formler i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>beregne;formler/middelværdier</bookmark_value>" #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "hd_id3147406\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Beregning af komplekse formler i tekstdokumenter\">Beregning af komplekse formler i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>" #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "par_id3145245\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document." msgstr "Du kan bruge foruddefinerede funktioner i en formel og så indsætte resultatet af beregningen i et tekstdokument." #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "par_id3152901\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:" msgstr "For eksempelvis at beregne middelværdien af tre tal, skal du gøre følgende:" #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "par_id3145078\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, der hvor du vil indsætte formlen, og tryk så F2." #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "par_id3156382\n" -"28\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list." +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item> icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list." msgstr "Klik på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item>, og vælg \"Middelværdi\" fra listen over statistiske funktioner." #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "par_id3149692\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)." msgstr "Indtast de tre tal, adskilt af lodrette streger (|)." #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "par_id3149481\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document." msgstr "Tryk <emph>Enter</emph>. Resultatet bliver indsat som et felt i dokumentet." #: calculate_intext.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "calculate_intext.xhp\n" "par_id3149823\n" -"35\n" "help.text" msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document." msgstr "For at redigere formlen, dobbeltklik i feltet i dokumentet." @@ -2741,45 +2746,46 @@ msgid "Using Captions" msgstr "Brug af billedtekster" #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "bm_id3147691\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte; billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billedtekster; indsætte og redigere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; billedtekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagrammer; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstrammer; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegneobjekter; indsætte billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beskrivelser, se også billedtekster</bookmark_value>" #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "hd_id3150537\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Bruge billedtekster\">Bruge billedtekster</link></variable>" #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3153156\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects." msgstr "I tekstdokumenter kan du føje fortløbende nummererede billedtekster til grafik, tabeller, rammer og tegneobjekter." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3153172\n" -"36\n" "help.text" msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions." msgstr "Du kan rediger teksten og nummereringsintervallet for forskellige slags billedtekster." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3153186\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text." msgstr "Når du føjer en billedtekst til et billede eller til et objekt, bliver objektet og billedteksten placeret sammen i en ny ramme. Når du føjer en billedtekst til en tabel, bliver billedteksten indsat som et afsnit ved siden af tabellen. Når du føjer en billedtekst til en ramme, bliver billedteksten tilføjet teksten inde i rammen enten før eller efter den eksisterende tekst." @@ -2793,66 +2799,66 @@ msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains the msgstr "For at flytte både objektet og billedteksten, skal du trække rammen som indeholder disse punkter. For at opdatere billedtekstens nummerering efter du har flyttet rammen, skal du trykke F9." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "hd_id3155541\n" -"23\n" "help.text" msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:" msgstr "For at angive en billedtekst gør følgende:" #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3155567\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to." msgstr "Marker det element, som du vil tilføje en billedtekst til." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3155586\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Billedtekst</emph>." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3147765\n" -"26\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>." +msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>." msgstr "Vælg de ønskede indstillinger og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. Hvis du ønsker det, kan du også indtaste en anden tekst i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategori</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Figur</item>." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3147254\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document." msgstr "Du kan redigere billedtekst direkte i dokumentet." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3147271\n" -"28\n" "help.text" msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text." msgstr "En billedtekst er formateret med den afsnitstypografi, som svarer til navnet på billedtekstens kategori. Hvis du for eksempel indsætter en \"Tabel\"-billedtekst, bliver afsnitstypografien \"Tabel\" anvendt på billedteksten." #: captions.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions.xhp\n" "par_id3145671\n" -"45\n" "help.text" -msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>." +msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>." msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk tilføje en billedtekst, når du indsætter et objekt, grafik, en ramme eller en tabel. Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Autobilledtekst</emph>." #: captions_numbers.xhp @@ -2917,12 +2923,13 @@ msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Billedtekst</emph>." #: captions_numbers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions_numbers.xhp\n" "par_id3150527\n" "19\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box." +msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item> box." msgstr "Vælg en billedteksttitel fra feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategori</item> og vælg en nummereringstypografi i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>. <br/>Du kan også indtaste en billedtekst i denne dialog. Hvis du ønsker det, kan du indtaste tekst i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Billedtekst</item>." #: captions_numbers.xhp @@ -2935,21 +2942,23 @@ msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indstillinger</emph>." #: captions_numbers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions_numbers.xhp\n" "par_id3153190\n" "45\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item> skal du vælge det antal overskriftsniveauer, som skal inkluderes i kapitelnummeret." #: captions_numbers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions_numbers.xhp\n" "par_id3155553\n" "46\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." msgstr "Skriv det tegn, som du vil bruge til at adskille kapitelnummeret fra nummeret på billedteksten i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Skilletegn</item>, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." #: captions_numbers.xhp @@ -2962,12 +2971,13 @@ msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "I feltet <emph>Billedtekst</emph>, klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: captions_numbers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "captions_numbers.xhp\n" "par_id3147226\n" "43\n" "help.text" -msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>." +msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>." msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk tilføje en billedtekst, når du indsætter et objekt, grafik eller en tabel. Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Autobilledtekst</emph>." #: captions_numbers.xhp @@ -2995,117 +3005,118 @@ msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page" msgstr "Oprettelse af en sidetypografi baseret på den aktuelle side" #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "bm_id3146875\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidehoveder; indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidefødder; indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetypografier; ændre fra markering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nye sidetypografier fra markering</bookmark_value>" #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "hd_id3146875\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en sidetypografi baseret på den aktuelle side\">Oprettelse af en sidetypografi baseret på den aktuelle side</link></variable>" #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3153584\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it." msgstr "Du kan designe et sidelayout og derefter oprette en sidetypografi baseret på det." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3154245\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header." msgstr "For eksempel kan du oprette en sidetypografi, som viser et bestemt sidehoved, og en anden sidetypografi, som viser et andet sidehoved." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3150503\n" -"26\n" "help.text" -msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." +msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." msgstr "Åbn et nyt tekstdokument, vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3150532\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu." msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Ny typografi fra markeringen</emph> og marker <emph>Ny typografi fra markeringen</emph> fra undermenuen." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3153153\n" -"31\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." msgstr "Skriv et navn på siden i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografinavn</item> og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3153184\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page." msgstr "Dobbeltklik navnet på listen for at anvende typografien til den aktuelle side." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3155541\n" -"33\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidehoved</emph>, og vælg den nye sidetypografi fra listen." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3155572\n" -"34\n" "help.text" msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header." msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du ønsker i sidehovedet. Placer markøren i hovedtekstområdet udenfor sidehovedet." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3155592\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Manuelt skift</emph>." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3147771\n" -"28\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideskift</item> og så vælge \"Standard\" fra feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: change_header.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "change_header.xhp\n" "par_id3147810\n" -"29\n" "help.text" msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header." msgstr "Gentag trin 2-6 for at oprette en anden brugerdefineret sidetypografi med et andet sidehoved." @@ -3119,65 +3130,66 @@ msgid "Outline Numbering" msgstr "Dispositionsnummerering" #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "bm_id3147682\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>dispositioner;nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;overskriftsnumre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapitelnummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter; nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering;overskrifter</bookmark_value>" #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "hd_id3147682\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Outline Numbering</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Dispositionsnummerering\">Dispositionsnummerering</link></variable>" #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3155605\n" -"23\n" "help.text" msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy." msgstr "Du kan ændre overskriftshierarkiet eller tildele et niveau i hierarkiet til en brugerdefineret afsnitstypografi. Du kan også tilføje kapitel- og sektionsnummerering til typografier for afsnitsoverskrifter. Som standard er afsnitstypografien \"Overskrift 1\" øverst i dispositionshierarkiet." #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "hd_id3155626\n" -"35\n" "help.text" msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style" msgstr "For at føje automatisk nummerering til en overskriftstypografi" #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3154255\n" -"36\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>." #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3155891\n" -"37\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item> box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Afsnitstypografi</item> vælges den overskriftstypografi, som du vil føje kapitelnumre til." #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3150513\n" -"25\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tal</item> skal du vælge den nummereringstypografi, som du vil bruge, og så klikke på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." #: chapter_numbering.xhp @@ -3201,50 +3213,50 @@ msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_idN107D9\n" "help.text" -msgid "Press the <item type=\"keycode\">Backspace</item> key to delete the number." -msgstr "Tryk på <item type=\"keycode\">Backspace</item>-tasten for at slette tallet." +msgid "Press the Backspace key to delete the number." +msgstr "" #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "hd_id3155552\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading" msgstr "For at anvende en brugerdefineret afsnitstypografi som en overskrift" #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3155571\n" -"38\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>." #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3147758\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box." msgstr "Vælg den brugerdefinerede typografi i feltet <emph>Afsnitstypografi</emph>." #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3147782\n" -"39\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list." +msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list." msgstr "Klik på overskriftsniveauet, som du ønsker at tildele til den brugerdefinerede afsnitstypografi, i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item>." #: chapter_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "chapter_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3147808\n" -"28\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." @@ -3258,92 +3270,93 @@ msgid "Conditional Text" msgstr "Betinget tekst" #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "bm_id3155619\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>opfyld betinget tekst i felter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hvis-så forespørgsler som felter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>betinget tekst; opsætning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; betinget tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere;betingelser</bookmark_value>" #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "hd_id3155619\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Betinget tekst\">Betinget tekst</link></variable>" #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155879\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters." msgstr "Du kan konfigurere felter i dit dokument som viser tekst, når en betingelse, som du bestemmer, er opfyldt. For eksempel kan du definere den betingede tekst, som bliver vist i en række rykkerbreve." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155895\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition." msgstr "Konfigurering af betinget tekst i dette eksempel er en to-delt proces. Først opretter du en variabel, derefter opretter du betingelsen." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "hd_id3153175\n" -"61\n" "help.text" msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable" msgstr "For at definere en betinget af variabel" #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3153185\n" -"62\n" "help.text" msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement." msgstr "Første del af eksemplet er at definere en variabel for betingelsessætningen." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155566\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3147759\n" -"9\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." msgstr "Klik på \"Definer variabel\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3147784\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>." msgstr "Skriv et navn på variablen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Påmindelse</item>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3147810\n" -"57\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." +msgid "Click \"Text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." msgstr "Klik på \"Tekst\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>." #: conditional_text.xhp @@ -3355,127 +3368,127 @@ msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Valu msgstr "Indtast <item type=\"literal\">1</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Værdi</item>, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>.<br/>Listen Formater viser nu et \"Standard\" format." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "hd_id3145645\n" -"63\n" "help.text" msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text" msgstr "For at definere en betingelse og den betingede tekst" #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3145659\n" -"64\n" "help.text" msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document." msgstr "Den anden del af eksemplet er at definere den betingelse, der skal være opfyldt, og at indsætte en pladsholder til visning af den betingede tekst i dit dokument." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3151193\n" -"12\n" "help.text" msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text." msgstr "Placer markøren, hvor du vil indsætte den betingede tekst i din tekst." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3151212\n" -"65\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3151250\n" -"13\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." msgstr "Klik på \"Betinget tekst\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155936\n" -"14\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three." +msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three." msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Påmindelse EQ \"3\"</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Betingelse</item>. Med andre ord vil den betingede tekst blive vist, når variablen i feltet, som du definerede i starten af dette eksempel, er lig med tre." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155969\n" -"15\n" "help.text" msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string." msgstr "Anførselstegnene om \"3\" angiver at variablen, som du definerede i starten af dette eksempel, er en tekststreng." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3150446\n" -"16\n" "help.text" msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box." msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil vise, når betingelsen er opfyldt, i feltet <emph>Så</emph>. Der er næsten ingen grænse for længden af den tekst, som du kan indtaste. Du kan indsætte et afsnit i denne boks." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3150473\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "hd_id3155073\n" -"66\n" "help.text" msgid "To Display the Conditional Text" msgstr "For at vise den betingede tekst" #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155086\n" -"67\n" "help.text" msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3." msgstr "I dette eksempel vises den betingede tekst, når værdien af den betingede variabel er lig med 3." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155110\n" -"19\n" "help.text" msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>." msgstr "Placer din markør foran feltet, som du definerede i starten af dette eksempel, og vælg så <emph>Rediger - Felter</emph>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155136\n" -"68\n" "help.text" -msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box with 3, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." msgstr "Erstat tallet i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Værdi</item> med 3, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>." #: conditional_text.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text.xhp\n" "par_id3155168\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9." msgstr "Hvis feltet ikke automatisk opdateres, tryk på F9." @@ -3497,99 +3510,100 @@ msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts" msgstr "Betinget tekst til sideantal" #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "bm_id3153108\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sideantal</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>betinget tekst; sideantal</bookmark_value>" #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "hd_id3153108\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Betinget tekst til sideantal\">Betinget tekst til sideantal</link></variable>" #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3156228\n" -"3\n" "help.text" msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page." msgstr "Du kan oprette et betinget tekstfelt, som viser ordet \"sider\" i stedet for \"side\" i forbindelse med et sideantalsfelt, hvis dit dokument indeholder mere end én side." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3156257\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count." msgstr "Placer markøren i dit dokument, der hvor du vil indsætte sideantallet." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3150513\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Sideantal</item>, og indtast så et mellemrum." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3150537\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3153166\n" -"9\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." msgstr "Klik på \"Betinget tekst\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3145256\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box." msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side > 1</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Betingelse</item>." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3145280\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box." msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Sider</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Så</item>." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3145305\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box." msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ellers</item>." #: conditional_text2.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "conditional_text2.xhp\n" "par_id3155535\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>." @@ -3603,45 +3617,46 @@ msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary" msgstr "Fjerne ord fra en brugerdefineret ordbog" #: delete_from_dict.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "delete_from_dict.xhp\n" "bm_id3147688\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>brugerordbøger; fjerne ord fra</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tilpassede ordbøger; fjerne ord fra</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerne;ord i brugerordbøger</bookmark_value>" #: delete_from_dict.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "delete_from_dict.xhp\n" "hd_id3147688\n" -"13\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Fjernelse af ord fra en brugerdefineret ordbog\">Fjernelse af ord fra en brugerdefineret ordbog</link></variable>" #: delete_from_dict.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "delete_from_dict.xhp\n" "par_id3153417\n" -"14\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>." +msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Skrivehjælp</emph>." #: delete_from_dict.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "delete_from_dict.xhp\n" "par_id3151391\n" -"16\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>." +msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item> list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>." msgstr "Vælg den brugerdefinerede ordbog, som du vil redigere, i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Brugerdefineret</item>, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger</item>." #: delete_from_dict.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "delete_from_dict.xhp\n" "par_id3154233\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>." msgstr "Vælg det ord, som du vil slette, i listen <emph>Ord</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Slet</emph>." @@ -3716,35 +3731,37 @@ msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages" msgstr "Skiftende sidetypografier på ulige og lige sider" #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "bm_id3153407\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetypografier; venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blanke sider med skiftende sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tom side med skiftende sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider; venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; lige/ulige sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titelsider; sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Første sides sidetypografi</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Venstreside sidetypografi</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>højresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lige/ulige sider:formatering</bookmark_value>" #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "hd_id3153407\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Skiftende sidetypografier på ulige og lige sider\">Skiftende sidetypografier på ulige og lige sider</link></variable>" #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3154265\n" "help.text" -msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>" msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Ikon</alt></image>" #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3147126\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace." msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk anvende skiftende sidetypografier på lige (venstre) og ulige sider (højre) i dit dokument. Du kan for eksempel bruge sidetypografier til at vise forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder på lige og ulige sider. Den aktuelle sidetypografi vises i <emph>Statuslinjen</emph> nederst i arbejdsområdet." @@ -3758,91 +3775,91 @@ msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles" msgstr "For at definere skiftende sidetypografier" #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3150526\n" -"4\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>, og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3153153\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "I listen af sidetypografier, højreklik på \"Venstre side\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3153179\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab." msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Administration</emph>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3145267\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Vælg \"Højre side\" i feltet <emph>Næste typografi</emph>, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3145299\n" -"9\n" "help.text" msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "I listen over sidetypografier, højreklik på \"Højre side\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3155529\n" -"18\n" "help.text" msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Vælg \"Venstre side\" i feltet <emph>Næste typografi</emph>, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3155561\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window." msgstr "Gå til den første side i dit dokument, og dobbeltklik \"Højre side\" på listen af sidetypografier i vinduet Typografier og formatering." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3155588\n" -"19\n" "help.text" -msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header." +msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header." msgstr "For at føje et sidehoved til én af sidetypografierne, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidehoved</item>, og så vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil føje sidehovedet til. Skriv den tekst, som du vil bruge som sidehoved, i sidehovedets ramme." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3147772\n" -"20\n" "help.text" -msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer." +msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer." msgstr "For at føje en sidefod til én af sidetypografierne, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidefod</item>, og så vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil føje sidefoden til. Skriv den tekst, som du vil bruge som sidefod, i sidefodens ramme." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3147254\n" -"12\n" "help.text" msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page." msgstr "Hvis du ikke vil have et sidehoved eller en sidefod på titelsiden i dit dokument, skal du anvende typografien \"Første Side\" til titelsiden." @@ -3864,11 +3881,12 @@ msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, msgstr "Hvis to lige eller to ulige sider følger umiddelbart efter hinanden i dit dokument, vil Writer som standard indsætte en tom side. Du kan undertrykke disse automatisk genererede tomme sider ved udskrivning og ved eksport til PDF." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id7594225\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>." +msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Udskriv</emph>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp @@ -3880,10 +3898,10 @@ msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages msgstr "Ryd feltet <emph>Udskriv automatisk indsatte tomme sider</emph>." #: even_odd_sdw.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "even_odd_sdw.xhp\n" "par_id3145596\n" -"13\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Dialogen Indsæt skift\">Dialogen Indsæt skift</link>" @@ -4011,21 +4029,23 @@ msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field msgstr "Felter består af et feltnavn og feltindholdet. Hvis du vil skifte visningen af feltet mellem feltnavnet eller feltindholdet, skal du vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>Vis - Feltnavne</emph></link>." #: fields.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields.xhp\n" "par_id3150536\n" "195\n" "help.text" -msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>." +msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>." msgstr "For at vise eller skjule fremhævelse af felter i et dokument, skal du vælge <emph>Vis - Feltskygger</emph>. For permanent at deaktivere denne funktionalitet, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Programfarver</emph>, og ryd afkrydsningsfeltet foran <emph>Feltskygger</emph>." #: fields.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields.xhp\n" "par_id3152885\n" "7\n" "help.text" -msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link></emph>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box." +msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Application Colors\"><emph><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></emph></link>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box." msgstr "For at ændre farven på feltskygger, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - $[officename] - Programfarver\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Udseende</item></link></emph>, find indstillingen <item type=\"menuitem\">Feltskygger</item>, og vælg så en anden farve i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Farve</item>." #: fields.xhp @@ -4190,65 +4210,66 @@ msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field" msgstr "Indsættelse af et fast eller variabelt datofelt" #: fields_date.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_date.xhp\n" "bm_id5111545\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte;datofelter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datoer;indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datofelter;indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>faste datoer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable datoer</bookmark_value>" #: fields_date.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_date.xhp\n" "hd_id3155165\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af et fast eller variabelt datofelt\">Indsættelse af et fast eller variabelt datofelt</link></variable>" #: fields_date.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_date.xhp\n" "par_id3154491\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update." msgstr "Du kan indsætte den aktuelle dato som et felt, der opdateres hver gang du åbner dokumentet, eller som et felt der ikke opdateres." #: fields_date.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_date.xhp\n" "par_id3147679\n" -"3\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</emph> og klik på fanebladet <emph>Dokument</emph>." #: fields_date.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_date.xhp\n" "par_id3153415\n" -"5\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:" +msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and do one of the following:" msgstr "Klik 'Dato' i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> og gør et af følgende:" #: fields_date.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_date.xhp\n" "par_id3155602\n" -"6\n" "help.text" -msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list." +msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list." msgstr "For at indsætte datoen som et felt, der opdateres hver gang du åbner dokumentet, klik 'Dato' i listen<item type=\"menuitem\">Udvalg</item>." #: fields_date.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_date.xhp\n" "par_id3154241\n" -"4\n" "help.text" -msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list." +msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> list." msgstr "For at indsætte datoen som et felt, der ikke opdateres, klik 'Dato (fast)' i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Udvalg</item>." #: fields_enter.xhp @@ -4260,72 +4281,73 @@ msgid "Adding Input Fields" msgstr "Tilføjelse af indtastningsfelter" #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "bm_id3155916\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; indtastningsfelter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>felter; indtastningsfelter i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indtastningsfelter i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indsætte;indtastningsfelter</bookmark_value>" #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "hd_id3155916\n" -"1\n" "help.text" -msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link> </variable>" +msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Tilføjelse af indtastningsfelter</link> </variable>" #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "par_id3153409\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable." msgstr "Et indtastningsfelt er en variabel, som du kan klikke på i et dokument for at åbne en dialog, hvor du kan redigere variablen." #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "par_id3145776\n" -"3\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab." -msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab." +msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>." #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "par_id3155620\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." msgstr "Klik på \"Indtastningsfelt\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "par_id3154257\n" -"6\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable." +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and type the text for the variable." msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og skriv teksten for variablen." #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "par_id3155888\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: fields_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_enter.xhp\n" "par_id3150708\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9." msgstr "For hurtigt at åbne alle indtastningsfelter i et dokument for redigering, tryk Ctrl+Skift+F9." @@ -4339,441 +4361,442 @@ msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions" msgstr "Forespørgsel på brugerdata i felter eller betingelser" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "bm_id3153398\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>felter; brugerdata</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brugerdata; forespørge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>betingelser; brugerdatafelter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>skjule;tekst, for specifikke brugere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; skjule for specifikke brugere, med betingelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brugervariable i betingelser/felter</bookmark_value>" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "hd_id3153398\n" -"59\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Forespørgsel på brugerdata i felter eller betingelser\">Forespørgsel på brugerdata i felter eller betingelser</link></variable>" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3154239\n" -"60\n" "help.text" msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:" msgstr "Du kan tilgå og sammenligne nogle brugerdata fra betingelser eller felter. For eksempel kan du sammenligne brugerdata med følgende operatorer:" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3155889\n" -"94\n" "help.text" msgid "Operator" msgstr "Operator" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147110\n" -"95\n" "help.text" msgid "Meaning" msgstr "Betydning" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3150508\n" -"96\n" "help.text" msgid "== or EQ" msgstr "== eller EQ" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3150531\n" -"97\n" "help.text" msgid "equals" msgstr "er lig med" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3150725\n" -"98\n" "help.text" msgid "!= or NEQ" msgstr "!= eller NEQ" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3150748\n" -"99\n" "help.text" msgid "is not equal to" msgstr "er forskellig fra" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3153167\n" -"101\n" "help.text" msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user." msgstr "Du kan også bruge en betingelse til at skjule tekst for en bestemt bruger i dit dokument." #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3153190\n" -"102\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide." msgstr "Marker den tekst du vil skjule i dokumentet." #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145273\n" -"103\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>." #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145297\n" -"104\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>, markeres afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>." #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3155533\n" -"105\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from." msgstr "I området <emph>Med betingelse</emph>, indtastes <emph>user_lastname == \"Jensen\"</emph>, hvor \"Jensen\" er efternavnet på den bruger, hvis tekst du vil skjule." #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3155573\n" -"107\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document." msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> og gem så dokumentet." #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147760\n" -"108\n" "help.text" msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator." msgstr "Navnet på den skjulte sektion kan stadig ses i Navigatoren." #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147777\n" -"61\n" "help.text" msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:" msgstr "Den følgende tabel er en liste over de brugervariable, som kan bruges til at definere en betingelse eller et felt:" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147819\n" -"62\n" "help.text" msgid "User variables" msgstr "Brugervariable" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147218\n" -"63\n" "help.text" msgid "Meaning" msgstr "Betydning" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147245\n" -"64\n" "help.text" msgid "user_firstname" msgstr "user_firstname" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147268\n" -"65\n" "help.text" msgid "First name" msgstr "Fornavn" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145592\n" -"66\n" "help.text" msgid "user_lastname" msgstr "user_lastname" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145615\n" -"67\n" "help.text" msgid "Last name" msgstr "Efternavn" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145642\n" -"68\n" "help.text" msgid "user_initials" msgstr "user_initials" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145666\n" -"69\n" "help.text" msgid "Initials" msgstr "Initialer" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3151200\n" -"70\n" "help.text" msgid "user_company" msgstr "user_company" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3151223\n" -"71\n" "help.text" msgid "Company" msgstr "Firma" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3151250\n" -"72\n" "help.text" msgid "user_street" msgstr "user_street" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3152912\n" -"73\n" "help.text" msgid "Street" msgstr "Gade" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3152940\n" -"74\n" "help.text" msgid "user_country" msgstr "user_country" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3152963\n" -"75\n" "help.text" msgid "Country" msgstr "Land" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3152990\n" -"76\n" "help.text" msgid "user_zipcode" msgstr "user_zipcode" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145679\n" -"77\n" "help.text" msgid "Zip Code" msgstr "Postnummer" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145706\n" -"78\n" "help.text" msgid "user_city" msgstr "user_city" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145729\n" -"79\n" "help.text" msgid "City" msgstr "By" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145756\n" -"80\n" "help.text" msgid "user_title" msgstr "user_title" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3145779\n" -"81\n" "help.text" msgid "Title" msgstr "Titel" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3156284\n" -"82\n" "help.text" msgid "user_position" msgstr "user_position" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3156307\n" -"83\n" "help.text" msgid "Position" msgstr "Stilling" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3156334\n" -"84\n" "help.text" msgid "user_tel_work" msgstr "user_tel_work" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3156357\n" -"85\n" "help.text" msgid "Business telephone number" msgstr "Arbejdsrelateret telefonnummer" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3156384\n" -"86\n" "help.text" msgid "user_tel_home" msgstr "user_tel_home" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3149728\n" -"87\n" "help.text" msgid "Home telephone number" msgstr "Hjemmetelefonnummer" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3149756\n" -"88\n" "help.text" msgid "user_fax" msgstr "user_fax" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3149778\n" -"89\n" "help.text" msgid "Fax number" msgstr "Faxnummer" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3149806\n" -"90\n" "help.text" msgid "user_email" msgstr "user_email" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147294\n" -"91\n" "help.text" msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "E-mail-adresse" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147321\n" -"92\n" "help.text" msgid "user_state" msgstr "user_state" #: fields_userdata.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "fields_userdata.xhp\n" "par_id3147344\n" -"93\n" "help.text" msgid "State" msgstr "Delstat" @@ -5083,19 +5106,21 @@ msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your searc msgstr "Søg lignende kan finde tekst, der er næsten den samme som den tekst, du angiver. Du kan specificere det antal tegn, som søgeresultatet må afvige." #: finding.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "finding.xhp\n" "par_id8533280\n" "help.text" -msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>...</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)" +msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)" msgstr "Marker <emph>Søg lignende</emph> og klik eventuelt på knappen <emph>...</emph> for at ændre indstillingerne. (Det fungerer fint for dansk tekst at sætte alle tre tal til 1.)" #: finding.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "finding.xhp\n" "par_id4646748\n" "help.text" -msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text." +msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text." msgstr "Når du har aktiveret understøttelse af asiatiske sprog under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Sprog</emph>, har dialogen Søg og erstat indstillinger til at søge i asiatisk tekst." #: finding.xhp @@ -5155,99 +5180,100 @@ msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages" msgstr "Indsættelse af sidetal på efterfølgende sider" #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "bm_id3145819\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider; efterfølgende sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>næste sidetal i sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>efterfølgende sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetal; efterfølgende sider</bookmark_value>" #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "hd_id3145819\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af sidetal på efterfølgende sider\">Indsættelse af sidetal på efterfølgende sider</link></variable>" #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3154242\n" -"12\n" "help.text" msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field." msgstr "Du kan let indsætte sidetallet for den næste side i en sidefod ved at bruge et felt." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3154256\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists." msgstr "Sidetallet vises kun, hvis den efterfølgende side eksisterer." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3155886\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidefod</emph> og vælg den sidetypografi, som du vil føje sidefoden til." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3147109\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - More Fields</emph>." msgstr "Placer markøren i sidefoden og vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</emph>." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3147134\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab." msgstr "I dialogen <emph>Felter</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Dokument</emph>." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3150955\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list." msgstr "Klik 'Side' fra listen <emph>Type</emph> og 'Næste side' fra listen <emph>Udvalg</emph>." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3150517\n" -"9\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." +msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." msgstr "Vælg en nummereringstypografi fra listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3150537\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field." msgstr "Hvis du vælger 'Tekst' i listen <emph>Format</emph>, vil kun den tekst, du indtaster i feltet <emph>Værdi</emph> blive vist i feltet." #: footer_nextpage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footer_nextpage.xhp\n" "par_id3150727\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number." msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> for at indsætte feltet med sidetallet." @@ -5355,188 +5381,190 @@ msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes" msgstr "Indsættelse og redigering af fodnoter eller slutnoter" #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "bm_id3145819\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>slutnoter;indsætte og redigere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;fodnoter og slutnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;fodnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;fodnoter og slutnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordne;fodnoter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fodnoter;indsætte og redigere</bookmark_value>" #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "hd_id3145819\n" -"16\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse og redigering af fod- eller slutnoter\">Indsættelse og redigering af fod- eller slutnoter</link></variable>" #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3154258\n" -"14\n" "help.text" msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes." msgstr "Fodnoter refererer til mere information om et emne ved bunden af en side og slutnoter refererer til information til sidst i dokumentet. $[officename] nummererer automatisk fod- og slutnoterne." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "hd_id3155881\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote" msgstr "For at indsætte en fodnote eller slutnote" #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3155903\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil placer ankeret på noten." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3147120\n" -"26\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>." +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote and Endnote - Footnote or Endnote</emph></link>." msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Indsæt - Fodnote/Slutnote</emph></link>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3150937\n" -"34\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Choose</item> button and select the character that you want to use for the footnote." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>, skal du vælge det format, som du vil bruge. Hvis du vælger <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegn</item>, skal du klikke på gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) og vælge det tegn, som du vil bruge til fodnoten." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3150508\n" -"35\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fodnote</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Slutnote</item>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3150704\n" -"36\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3150729\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "Type the note." msgstr "Indtast noten." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3148843\n" "help.text" -msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>" msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Ikon</alt></image>" #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3153176\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar." msgstr "Du kan også indsætte fodnoter ved at klikke på ikonet <emph>Indsæt fodnote direkte</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Indsæt</emph>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "hd_id3155543\n" -"28\n" "help.text" msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote" msgstr "For at redigere fodnoter eller slutnoter" #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3150167\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document." msgstr "Musemarkøren ændres til en hånd, når du holder den over et fod- eller slutnoteanker i dit dokument." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3155563\n" -"29\n" "help.text" msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text." msgstr "For at redigere teksten i en fod- eller slutnote, skal du klikke i noten, eller klikke på notens forankring i teksten." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3145029\n" -"40\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "For at ændre formatet af en fodnote, skal du klikke i fodnoten, trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for at åbne vinduet Typografier og formatering, højreklikke på \"Fodnote\" i listen, og så vælge<emph>Modificer</emph>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3145062\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp." msgstr "For at hoppe fra fod- eller slutnotens tekst til notens anker i teksten, skal du trykke på Page Up." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3145081\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>." msgstr "For at redigere nummereringsegenskaberne for et fod- eller slutnoteanker, skal du klikke foran ankeret og vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Rediger - Fodnote/Slutnote</emph></link>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3147776\n" -"3\n" "help.text" -msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>." +msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>." msgstr "For at ændre det format, som $[officename] bruger til fodnoter og slutnoter, skal du vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Funktioner - Fodnoter og slutnoter</emph></link>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3147813\n" -"15\n" "help.text" msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab." msgstr "For at redigere egenskaberne for tekstområdet i fod- eller slutnoter skal du vælge <emph>Formater - Side</emph> og så klikke på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Fodnote</emph></link>." #: footnote_usage.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_usage.xhp\n" "par_id3147232\n" -"41\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text." msgstr "For at fjerne en fodnote, slet fodnoteankeret i teksten." @@ -5550,126 +5578,127 @@ msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes" msgstr "Afstand mellem fodnoter" #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "bm_id3147683\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>afstand; slutnoter og fodnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slutnoter; afstand</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fodnoter; afstand</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kanter;for fodnoter og slutnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>linjer;fodnoter og slutnoter</bookmark_value>" #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "hd_id3147683\n" -"40\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Afstand mellem fodnoter\">Afstand mellem fodnoter</link></variable>" #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3145808\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style." msgstr "Hvis du vil øge afstanden mellem fod- eller slutnotetekster, kan du føje en top- og bundkant til den tilsvarende afsnitstypografi." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3155603\n" -"41\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote." msgstr "Klik i en fod- eller slutnote." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3155620\n" -"42\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3154251\n" -"43\n" "help.text" msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik afsnitstypografien, som du vil ændre, for eksempel \"Fodnote\", og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3155884\n" -"45\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab." msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Kanter</emph></link>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3147110\n" -"51\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item>, klik på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sæt kun top- og bundkanter</item>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3150931\n" -"52\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linje</item>, skal du klikke på en linje i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3150961\n" -"53\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color." +msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item> box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color." msgstr "Vælg \"Hvid\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Farve</item>. Hvis baggrunden på siden ikke er hvid, vælg den farve, som bedst passer til baggrundsfarven." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3150519\n" -"50\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box." msgstr "I området <emph>Afstand til indhold</emph>, ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Synkroniser</emph>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3150709\n" -"47\n" "help.text" -msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes." +msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item> boxes." msgstr "Indtast en værdi i felterne <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Bund</item>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3150740\n" -"48\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: footnote_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "footnote_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3148846\n" -"49\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Formater - Afsnit - Kanter\">Formater - Afsnit - Kanter</link>" @@ -5961,18 +5990,19 @@ msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments" msgstr "Arbejde med hoveddokumenter rog underdokumenter" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "bm_id3145246\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>Navigator;hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoveddokumenter;oprette/redigere/eksportere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underdokumenter;oprette/redigere/eksportere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fjerner;underdokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indeks; hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value>" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "hd_id3145246\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Arbejde med hoveddokumenter rog underdokumenter</link></variable>" @@ -5986,73 +6016,73 @@ msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with ma msgstr "Et hoveddokument lader dig styre store dokumenter, såsom en bog med mange kapitler. Hoveddokumentet kan ses som en beholder for de enkelte <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer filer. De enkelte filer kaldes underdokumenter." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "hd_id3153127\n" -"29\n" "help.text" msgid "To Create a Master Document" msgstr "For at oprette et hoveddokument" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3149634\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "Do one of the following:" msgstr "Gør et af følgende:" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3149956\n" -"31\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Nyt - Hoveddokument</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3149612\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>." msgstr "Åbn et eksisterende dokument og vælg <emph>Fil - Send - Opret hoveddokument</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3149873\n" -"28\n" "help.text" -msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments." +msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item> entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments." msgstr "Hvis du opretter et nyt hoveddokument, skal det første element i Navigatoren være et <item type=\"menuitem\">tekstelement</item>. Skriv en introduktion eller indtast noget tekst. Dette sikrer, at du efter redigering af en eksisterende typografi i hoveddokumentet, ser den ændrede typografi i underdokumenterne." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3145114\n" -"33\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> icon, and do one of the following:" msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigatoren</item> for hoveddokumenter (skulle åbne automatisk, ellers tryk på F5 for at åbne), skal du klikke og holde ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> nede og gøre et af følgende:" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3156240\n" -"34\n" "help.text" msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "For at indsætte et eksisterende dokument som underdokument, skal du vælge <emph>Fil</emph>, lokaliser dokumenter som du ønsker at indsætte, og derefter klikke <emph>OK</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3145405\n" -"35\n" "help.text" msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>." msgstr "For at oprette et nyt underdokument, vælg <emph>Nyt dokument</emph>, navngiv filen, og klik til sidst <emph>Gem</emph>." @@ -6066,90 +6096,91 @@ msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then msgstr "For at indsætte tekst i hoveddokumentet imellem underdokumenter, vælg <emph>Tekst</emph>. Skriv herefter teksten. Du kan ikke indsætte tekst ved siden af et eksisterende tekststykke i navigatoren." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3153382\n" -"36\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Gem</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "hd_id3154242\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "To Edit a Master Document" msgstr "For at redigere et hoveddokument" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3154255\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document." msgstr "Brug Navigator til at omarrangere og redigere underdokumenterne i et hoveddokument." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3155879\n" -"38\n" "help.text" msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator." msgstr "For at åbne et underdokument for redigering, dobbeltklik på underdokumentets navn i Navigatoren." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3155931\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed." msgstr "For at slette et underdokument fra hoveddokumentet, højreklik på underdokumentet i Navigator-listen og vælg <emph>Slet</emph>. underdokumentfilen påvirkes ikke af denne kommando, kun indførslen i navigator bliver slettet." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3148677\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator." msgstr "For at føje tekst til et hoveddokument skal du højreklikke på et element i Navigator-listen, og så vælge <emph>Indsæt - Tekst</emph>. En tekstsektion bliver indsat før det valgte objekt i hoveddokumentet, og her kan du skrive din ønskede tekst. Du kan ikke indsætte tekst ved siden af et eksisterende tekstelement i Navigatoren." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3149982\n" -"10\n" "help.text" -msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon." +msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item> icon." msgstr "For at omorganisere underdokumenterne i et hoveddokument, træk et underdokument til en ny placering i Navigator-listen. Du kan også vælge et underdokument på listen, og klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Flyt nedad</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Flyt opad</item>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3153022\n" -"40\n" "help.text" msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>." msgstr "For at tilføje et indeks såsom en indholdsfortegnelse skal du højreklikke i Navigator-listen, og så vælge <emph>Indsæt - Indeks</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3148949\n" "help.text" -msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>" +msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.473cm\" height=\"0.473cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>" msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Ikon</alt></image>" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3153632\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon." msgstr "For at opdatere et indeks i et hoveddokument, vælg indekset i Navigatoren, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Opdater</emph>." @@ -6163,100 +6194,100 @@ msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master documen msgstr "Når du indsætter et objekt som en ramme eller et billede i et hoveddokument, skal du ikke forankre objektet som \"bundet til side\". I stedet skal du indstille forankringen som \"bundet til afsnit\" på fanebladet <emph>Formater - (Objekttype) - Type</emph>, og så indstille objektets placering relativ til \"Hele siden\" i rullelisterne <emph>Vandret</emph> og <emph>Lodret</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "hd_id3153656\n" -"41\n" "help.text" msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page" msgstr "For at starte hvert underdokument på en ny side" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3152760\n" -"42\n" "help.text" msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"." msgstr "Vær sikker på, at hvert underdokument starter med en overskrift, som bruger den samme afsnitstypografi, for eksempel \"Overskrift 1\"." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3153876\n" -"43\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." +msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." msgstr "I hoveddokumentet skal du vælge <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph> og klikke på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3153907\n" -"44\n" "help.text" msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik \"Overskrift 1\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3147124\n" -"45\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab." +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item> tab." msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstforløb</item>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3149770\n" -"46\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Skift</item>, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>, og vælg så \"Side\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3150224\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box." msgstr "Hvis du ønsker, at hvert underdokument skal starte på en ulige side, marker <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph>, og vælg \"Højre side\" i boksen." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3145205\n" -"47\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "hd_id3145228\n" -"48\n" "help.text" msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document" msgstr "For at eksportere et masterdokument som et <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> tekstdokument" #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3150315\n" -"49\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Filer - Eksporter</item>." #: globaldoc_howtos.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n" "par_id3148580\n" -"50\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>." msgstr "I listen <emph>Filformat</emph> skal du vælge et filformat for tekstdokumenter og klikke på <emph>Eksporter</emph>." @@ -6286,90 +6317,91 @@ msgid "About Headers and Footers" msgstr "Om sidehoveder og -fødder" #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "bm_id3155863\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidehoveder;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidefødder;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter;sidehoveder og -fødder</bookmark_value>" #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "hd_id3155863\n" -"38\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"Om sidehoveder og -fødder\">Om sidehoveder og -fødder</link></variable>" #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "par_id3154255\n" -"35\n" "help.text" msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document." msgstr "Sidehoveder og -fødder er områder i de øverste og nederste sidemargener, hvor du kan tilføje tekst eller grafik. Sidehoveder og -fødder bliver føjet til den aktuelle sidetypografi. Enhver side, som bruger den samme typografi modtager automatisk det sidehoved eller den sidefod, som du tilføjer. Du kan indsætte <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Felter</link>, såsom sidetal og kapiteloverskrifter, i sidehoveder og -fødder i et tekstdokument." #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "par_id3150511\n" -"44\n" "help.text" msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>." msgstr "Sidetypografien for den aktuelle side vises i <emph>Statuslinjen</emph>." #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "par_id3155896\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu." msgstr "For at tilføje et sidehoved til en side, vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidehoved</emph>, og vælg så sidetypografien for den aktuelle side fra undermenuen." #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "par_id3147119\n" -"43\n" "help.text" msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu." msgstr "For at tilføje en sidefod til en side, vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidefod</emph>, og vælg så sidetypografien for den aktuelle side fra undermenuen." #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "par_id3153726\n" -"40\n" "help.text" -msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages." +msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages." msgstr "Du kan også vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side</item>, klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidefod</item>, og så vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidefod</item>. Ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ens indhold venstre/højre</item>, hvis du vil angive forskellige sidehoveder og sidefødder til lige og ulige sider." #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "par_id3146876\n" -"36\n" "help.text" msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear." msgstr "For at bruge forskellige sidehoveder eller -fødder i dit dokument, skal du føje dem til forskellige <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Sidetypografier</link>, og derefter anvende typografierne på de sider, hvor du ønsker at sidehovedet eller -foden skal vises." #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "hd_id3150704\n" -"41\n" "help.text" msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents" msgstr "Sidehoveder og -fødder i HTML-dokumenter" #: header_footer.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_footer.xhp\n" "par_id3150717\n" -"34\n" "help.text" msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted." msgstr "Nogle af sidehoved- og sidefodsindstillingerne er også tilgængelige for HTML-dokumenter. Sidehoveder og -fødder er ikke understøttet af HTML og bliver i stedet eksporteret med specielle mærker, så de kan ses i en browser. Sidehoveder og -fødder bliver kun eksporteret i HTML-dokumenter, hvis de er aktiveret i Weblayout. Når du genåbner dokumentet i $[officename], vil sidehoveder og -fødder vises korrekt, inklusiv felter som du indsatte." @@ -6391,171 +6423,172 @@ msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers" msgstr "Angivelse af forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder" #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "bm_id3155920\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidehoveder;definere for venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidefødder;definere for venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetypografier; ændre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere; sidehoveder/sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spejlet sidelayout</bookmark_value>" #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "hd_id3155920\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Angivelse af forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder\">Angivelse af forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder</link></variable>" #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3154263\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style." msgstr "Du kan bruge forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder på forskellige sider i dit dokument, sålænge siderne bruger forskellige sidetypografier. $[officename] tilbyder flere foruddefinerede sidetypografier såsom <emph>Første side</emph>, <emph>Venstre side</emph> og <emph>Højre side</emph>, eller du kan oprette en brugerdefineret sidetypografi." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3147105\n" -"27\n" "help.text" -msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box." +msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box." msgstr "Du kan også bruge det spejlvendte sidelayout, hvis du vil tilføje et sidehoved til en sidetypografi, som har forskellige indre og ydre sidemargener. For at anvende denne indstilling til en sidetypografi skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side</item>, klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Side</item> og i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Layoutindstillinger</item> vælge \"Spejlvendt\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidelayout</item>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150224\n" -"28\n" "help.text" msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document." msgstr "For eksempel kan du bruge sidetypografier til at angive forskellige sidehoveder til lige og ulige sider i et dokument." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150929\n" -"29\n" "help.text" msgid "Open a new text document." msgstr "Åbn et nyt tekstdokument." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150946\n" -"31\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting window." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting sidebar deck." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph> og klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph> i vinduet Typografier og formatering." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150510\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik \"Højre Side\" på listen af sidetypografier og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150536\n" -"33\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab." msgstr "I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item> skal du klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3153750\n" -"34\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab." +msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidehoved</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Administration</item>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3146865\n" -"35\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Left Page\"." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Næste typografi</item> skal du vælge \"Venstre side\"." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3146889\n" -"36\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150714\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "I dialogen <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph>, højreklik \"Venstre side\" på listen af sidetypografier og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150748\n" -"38\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> tab." msgstr "I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item> skal du klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3153172\n" -"39\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab." +msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidehoved</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Administration</item>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3147061\n" -"40\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item> box, select \"Right Page\"." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Næste typografi</item> skal du vælge \"Højre side\"." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3147086\n" -"41\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3145263\n" -"42\n" "help.text" msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page." msgstr "Dobbeltklik \"Højre Side\" på listen af sidetypografier, for at anvende typografien på den aktuelle side." #: header_pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3145284\n" -"43\n" "help.text" msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style." msgstr "Angiv tekst eller grafik i sidehovedet til typografien venstre side. Efter at den næste side er tilføjet til dit dokument, indtast tekst eller grafik i sidehovedet til typografien højre side." @@ -6569,162 +6602,163 @@ msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer" msgstr "Indsættelse af et kapitelnavn og -værdi i et sidehoved eller en sidefod" #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "bm_id3155919\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>løbende titler i sidehoveder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flydende titler i sidehoveder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidehoveder; information om kapitlet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kapitelnavne i sidehoveder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navne; kapitelnavne i sidehoveder</bookmark_value>" #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "hd_id3155919\n" -"3\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af et kapitelnavn og -værdi i et sidehoved eller en sidefod\">Indsættelse af et kapitelnavn og -værdi i et sidehoved eller en sidefod</link></variable>" #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3153414\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles." msgstr "Før du kan indsætte information om kapitlet i et sidehoved eller en sidefod, skal du lave dispositionsnummereringsindstillinger for den afsnitstypografi, som du vil bruge til kapiteloverskrifter." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "hd_id3154244\n" -"23\n" "help.text" msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles" msgstr "For at oprette en afsnitstypografi for kapiteloverskrifter" #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3155874\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph>." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3155898\n" -"25\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"." msgstr "I feltet<item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> vælg den afsnitstypografi, som du vil bruge til kapiteloverskrifter, for eksempel \"Overskrift 1\"." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3147124\n" -"26\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"." +msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item> box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"." msgstr "Vælg nummereringstypografien for kapiteltitler i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tal</item>, for eksempel \"1,2,3...\"." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3150219\n" -"27\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box." +msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item> box." msgstr "Skriv \"Kapitel\" efterfulgt af et mellemrum i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Foran</item>." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3150245\n" -"28\n" "help.text" -msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box." +msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item> box." msgstr "Indtast et mellemrum i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Efter</item>." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3150949\n" -"29\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "hd_id3150505\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer" msgstr "For at indsætte kapitelnavnet og -nummeret i et sidehoved eller en sidefod" #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3150527\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document." msgstr "Anvend afsnitstypografien som du angav for kapiteloverskrifter på kapiteloverskrifterne i dit dokument." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3153729\n" -"6\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidefod</item>, og vælg så sidetypografien for den aktuelle side fra undermenuen." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3153762\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the header or footer." msgstr "Klik i sidehovedet eller -foden." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3146863\n" -"9\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab." -msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere feltet</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Dokument</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab." +msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3153175\n" -"10\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." +msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list." msgstr "Klik på \"Kapitel\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> og \"Kapitelnummer og navn\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3147065\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>." msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>." #: header_with_chapter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_chapter.xhp\n" "par_id3147095\n" -"12\n" "help.text" msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number." msgstr "Sidehovedet på alle sider, som bruger den aktuelle sidetypografi, viser automatisk kapitelnavnet og -nummeret." @@ -6738,72 +6772,73 @@ msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers" msgstr "Formatering af sidehoveder eller sidefødder" #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "bm_id3154866\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte;linjer under sidehoveder/over sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>linjer; under sidehoveder/over sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidehoveder;formatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidefødder;formatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>skygger;sidehoveder/sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kanter;for sidehoveder/sidefødder</bookmark_value>" #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "hd_id3154866\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatering af sidehoveder eller sidefødder\">Formatering af sidehoveder eller sidefødder</link></variable>" #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3154243\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer." msgstr "Du kan anvende direkte formatering til teksten i et sidehoved eller en sidefod. Du kan også tilpasse afstanden af teksten i forhold til rammen for sidehovedet eller -foden eller anvende en kant til sidehovedet eller -foden." #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3155873\n" -"22\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item> and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side</item> og vælg så fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidefod</item>." #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3147109\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use." msgstr "Definer afstandsindstillingerne, som du vil bruge." #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3147128\n" -"23\n" "help.text" -msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens." +msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item> dialog opens." msgstr "For at tilføje en kant eller en skygge til sidehovedet eller sidefoden, klik <item type=\"menuitem\">Flere</item>. Dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Kant/baggrund</item> åbner." #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3150520\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box." msgstr "For at tilføje en delelinje mellem hoved eller fod og sidens indhold klik på nederste kant af firkanten i området <emph>Linjearrangement</emph>. Klik på linjetypografi i boksen <emph>Typografi</emph>." #: header_with_line.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "header_with_line.xhp\n" "par_id3153742\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box." msgstr "For at justere linjeafstanden mellem hovedet og linjen ryd boksen <emph>Synkronisér</emph> og indsæt så en værdi i boksen <emph>Bund</emph>." @@ -7221,90 +7256,91 @@ msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator" msgstr "Indsætte hyperlinks med navigatoren" #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "bm_id3155845\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; indsætte fra Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte; hyperlinks fra Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>krydshenvisninger; indsætte med Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigator; indsætte hyperlinks</bookmark_value>" #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "hd_id3155845\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Indsætte hyperlinks med navigatoren\">Indsætte hyperlinks med navigatoren</link></variable>" #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3155858\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item." msgstr "Du kan indsætte en krydshenvisning som et hyperlink i dit dokument ved at bruge navigatoren. Du kan endda kryds-referere punkter fra andre <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> dokumenter. Hvis du klikker på hyperlinket når dokumentet er åbnet i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, bliver du ført til det kryds-refererede element." #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3149833\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference." msgstr "Åbn dokumentet (eller dokumenterne) som indeholder de elementer, du vil krydsreferere." #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3148846\n" -"23\n" "help.text" msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon." msgstr "På Standardlinjen, klik på ikonet <emph>Navigator</emph>." #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3156108\n" -"25\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected." +msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item> is selected." msgstr "Klik på pilen ved siden af ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Træktilstand</item>, og kontroller at <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt som hyperlink</item> er valgt." #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3153396\n" -"31\n" "help.text" msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference." msgstr "I listen ved bunden af Navigatoren, marker det dokument, som indeholder elementet, som du vil kryds-referere." #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3153416\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink." msgstr "I navigatorlisten, klik på plustegnet ved siden af det element, som du vil indsætte som et hyperlink." #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3153133\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document." msgstr "Træk elementet til det sted hvor du vil indsætte hyperlinket i dokumentet." #: hyperlinks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyperlinks.xhp\n" "par_id3149635\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink." msgstr "Navnet på elementet bliver indsat i dokumentet som et understreget hyperlink." @@ -7343,12 +7379,13 @@ msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automa msgstr "Hvis <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatisk orddeling</link> er aktiveret for din tekst, og nogle delte ord ser grimme ud, eller hvis du vil forhindre deling af specifikke ord, kan du slå orddeling fra for de ord:" #: hyphen_prevent.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" "par_id3153634\n" "40\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>" +msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>" msgstr "Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Skrivehjælp</emph>" #: hyphen_prevent.xhp @@ -7405,11 +7442,12 @@ msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphe msgstr "Nogle ord indeholde specielle tegn som %PRODUCTNAME behandler som bindestreger. Hvis du ikke ønsker sådanne orddelte, kan du indsætte en speciel kode som forhindrer orddeling ved den specielle kodes placering. Fortsæt som følger:" #: hyphen_prevent.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "hyphen_prevent.xhp\n" "par_id0302200910262850\n" "help.text" -msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK." +msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK." msgstr "Aktiver de specielle funktionaliteter i Complex Text Layout (CTL) sprog: Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Sprog</item> og marker <emph>Aktiveret for Complex Text Layout (CTL)</emph>. Klik OK." #: hyphen_prevent.xhp @@ -7474,8 +7512,8 @@ msgctxt "" "indenting.xhp\n" "par_id5589159\n" "help.text" -msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area." -msgstr "For at ændre måleenhederne skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Generelt</item>, og så vælge en ny måleenhed i området Indstillinger." +msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area." +msgstr "" #: indenting.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -7550,72 +7588,73 @@ msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries" msgstr "Redigering eller sletning af elementer i indeks og oversigter" #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "bm_id3155186\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>stikordsregistre; redigere eller slette elementer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; redigere eller slette elementer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slette;elementer i indekser/indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>redigere;tabel-/indekselementer</bookmark_value>" #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "hd_id3155186\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Redigering eller sletning af elementer i indeks og oversigter\">Redigering eller sletning af elementer i indeks og oversigter</link></variable>" #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "par_id3155855\n" -"12\n" "help.text" -msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected." +msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item> and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item> is selected." msgstr "Indekselementer bliver indsat som felter i dit dokument. For at se felter i dit dokument vælger du <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis</item> og sikrer dig, at <item type=\"menuitem\">Feltskygger</item> er valgt." #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "par_id3155507\n" -"13\n" "help.text" msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document." msgstr "Placer markøren umiddelbart foran indekselementet i dit dokument." #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "par_id3155526\n" -"16\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:" msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Indekselement</emph> og gør et af følgende:" #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "par_id3154238\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box." msgstr "For at ændre en indtastning indtast anden tekst i boksen <emph> Indekselement</emph>" #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "par_id3154263\n" -"18\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>." msgstr "For at fjerne indtastningen klik på <emph>Slet</emph>." #: indices_delete.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_delete.xhp\n" "par_id3155893\n" -"15\n" "help.text" msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>." msgstr "For at gennemse indekselementerne i dit dokument klikker du på en af pilene i dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Rediger indekselement</emph></link>." @@ -7655,12 +7694,13 @@ msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents." msgstr "Placer markøren i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen." #: indices_edit.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_edit.xhp\n" "par_id3155871\n" "59\n" "help.text" -msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Cursor in protected areas</item> section." +msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Cursor in protected areas</item> section." msgstr "Hvis du ikke kan placere din markør i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</item>, og så vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Markør i beskyttede zoner</item> sektionen." #: indices_edit.xhp @@ -7673,12 +7713,12 @@ msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu." msgstr "Højreklik og vælg en redigeringsmulighed fra menuen." #: indices_edit.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_edit.xhp\n" "par_id3155872\n" -"60\n" "help.text" -msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box." +msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Index or Table of Contents</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box." msgstr "Du kan også lave ændringer direkte på et stikordsregister eller en indholdsfortegnelse. Højreklik i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen, vælg <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Indeks/oversigt</emph>, og ryd derefter afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Beskyt mod manuelle ændringer</emph>." #: indices_enter.xhp @@ -7725,12 +7765,12 @@ msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to us msgstr "Klik i et ord, eller vælg det ord i dit dokument som du vil bruge som et indekselement." #: indices_enter.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_enter.xhp\n" "par_id3147409\n" -"9\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:" +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:" msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indekselement</emph>, og gør et af følgende:" #: indices_enter.xhp @@ -7867,12 +7907,12 @@ msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level" msgstr "For at anvende en anden afsnitstypografi til et indeksniveau" #: indices_form.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_form.xhp\n" "par_id3147110\n" -"45\n" "help.text" -msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>." +msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen og vælg så <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>." #: indices_form.xhp @@ -7939,12 +7979,12 @@ msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of msgstr "Du kan tildele en krydshenvisning som et hyperlink til punkter i en indholdsfortegnelse." #: indices_form.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_form.xhp\n" "par_id3150712\n" -"51\n" "help.text" -msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>." +msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik i indholdsfortegnelsen, og vælg så <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>." #: indices_form.xhp @@ -8001,27 +8041,28 @@ msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes" msgstr "Oprettelse af stikordsregistre" #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "bm_id3155911\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>konkordansfiler;indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser;alfabetiske indekser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alfabetiske indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value>" #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "hd_id3155911\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af stikordsregistre\">Oprettelse af stikordsregistre</link></variable>" #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3154233\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index." msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte indekset." @@ -8030,61 +8071,60 @@ msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte indekset." msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3154252\n" -"26\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>." -msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>." +msgstr "" #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3155884\n" -"31\n" "help.text" -msgid "On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box." +msgid "On the <emph>Index or Table of Contents</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box." msgstr "På fanebladet <emph>Indeks/oversigt</emph>, marker \"Stikordsregister\" i feltet <emph>Type</emph>." #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3147114\n" -"36\n" "help.text" -msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file." +msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file." msgstr "Hvis du vil bruge en konkordansfil skal du markere <item type=\"menuitem\">Konkordansfil</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger</item>, klikke på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Filer</item> og finde en eksisterende fil eller oprette en ny konkordansfil." #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3150223\n" -"28\n" "help.text" msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab." msgstr "Definer formateringsindstillingerne for stikordsregisteret, enten på det aktuelle faneblad eller på et andet af dialogens faneblade. For eksempel, hvis du vil bruge enkeltbogstavsoverskrifter i dit stikordsregister, klik på fanebladet <emph>Elementer</emph>, og vælg så <emph>Alfabetisk skilletegn</emph>. For at ændre formateringen af niveauer i stikordsregisteret, klik på fanebladet <emph>Typografier</emph>." #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3150946\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3150502\n" -"37\n" "help.text" -msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>." +msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>." msgstr "For at opdatere stikordsregisteret, højreklik i stikordsregisteret, og vælg så <emph>Opdater indeks/oversigt</emph>." #: indices_index.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_index.xhp\n" "par_id3152760\n" -"38\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en konkordansfil\">Oprettelse af en konkordansfil</link>" @@ -8098,225 +8138,226 @@ msgid "Creating a Bibliography" msgstr "Oprettelse af en litteraturliste" #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "bm_id3149687\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>indekser;oprette litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databaser;oprette litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>elementer;litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gemme litteraturlisteinformation</bookmark_value>" #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "hd_id3149687\n" -"46\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en litteraturliste\">Oprettelse af en litteraturliste</link></variable>" #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3155864\n" -"60\n" "help.text" msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document." msgstr "En litteraturliste er en liste over værker, du henviser til i et dokument." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "hd_id3153402\n" -"61\n" "help.text" msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information" msgstr "Gem bibliografisk information" #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3153414\n" -"62\n" "help.text" msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document." msgstr "$[officename] gemmer bibliografisk information i en litteraturdatabase eller i et selvstændigt dokument." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "hd_id3154244\n" -"63\n" "help.text" msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database" msgstr "For at gemme information i litteraturlistedatabasen" #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3155872\n" -"50\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>" msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Funktioner - Litteraturdatabase</emph></link>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3155900\n" -"64\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Datapost</emph>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3147123\n" -"65\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes." +msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes." msgstr "Indtast et navn for litteraturlisteelementet i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kort betegnelse</item>, og tilføj så yderligere information om publikationen i de øvrige felter." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3150219\n" -"66\n" "help.text" -msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window." +msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window." msgstr "Luk vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Litteraturlistedatabase</item>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "hd_id3150242\n" -"67\n" "help.text" msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document" msgstr "For at gemme litteraturliste information i et selvstændigt dokument" #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3150945\n" -"68\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil tilføje litteraturlisteelementet." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3150964\n" -"51\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>." +msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>." msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Litteraturlisteelement</emph></link>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3150525\n" -"69\n" "help.text" msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Fra dokumentindhold</emph> og klik <emph>Nyt</emph>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3153738\n" -"70\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box." +msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box." msgstr "Indtast et navn for litteraturlisteelementet i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kort betegnelse</item>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3153763\n" -"71\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes." +msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes." msgstr "Vælg kildetekstens type i rullelisten <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, og tilføj så yderligere information om kilden i de øvrige bokse." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3146873\n" -"72\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3146897\n" -"73\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." msgstr "I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt litteraturlisteelement</item> klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og derefter på <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "hd_id3150741\n" -"74\n" "help.text" msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database" msgstr "Indsæt litteraturlisteelementer fra litteraturdatabasen" #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3148402\n" -"75\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil tilføje litteraturlisteelementet." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3148421\n" -"52\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Bibliography Entry</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Litteraturlisteelement</emph>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3153231\n" -"53\n" "help.text" msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Fra litteraturdatabase</emph>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3147059\n" -"54\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box." +msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item> box." msgstr "Vælg navnet på litteraturlisteelementet, som du vil indsætte, i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kort betegnelse</item>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3147085\n" -"76\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>." msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>." #: indices_literature.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_literature.xhp\n" "par_id3156060\n" -"77\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Litteraturdatabase\">Litteraturdatabase</link>" @@ -8373,21 +8414,22 @@ msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in eac msgstr "Opret et <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">indeks i hvert enkelt dokument</link>, kopier og sæt indekserne ind i et enkelt dokument og rediger dem derefter." #: indices_multidoc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_multidoc.xhp\n" "par_id3147118\n" "45\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>), and then locate and insert a named index section." +msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section." msgstr "Marker hvert indeks, vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sektion</item></link>, og indtast derefter et navn for indekset. I et selvstændigt dokument, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sektion</item>, marker <item type=\"menuitem\">Kæde</item>, klik gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>), og find og indsæt en navngivet indekssektion." #: indices_multidoc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_multidoc.xhp\n" "par_id3150230\n" -"46\n" "help.text" -msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>." +msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>." msgstr "Opret et <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">hoveddokument</link>, tilføj filerne, som du vil inkludere i indekset, som underdokumenter og vælg så <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>." #: indices_toc.xhp @@ -8399,27 +8441,28 @@ msgid "Creating a Table of Contents" msgstr "Oprettelse af en indholdsfortegnelse" #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "bm_id3147104\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; oprette og opdatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdatere; indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value>" #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "hd_id3147104\n" -"16\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en indholdsfortegnelse\">Oprettelse af en indholdsfortegnelse</link></variable>" #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3150942\n" -"45\n" "help.text" msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents." msgstr "Den bedste måde til at generere en indholdsfortegnelse på er at anvende de foruddefinerede typografier for afsnitsoverskrifter, såsom \"Overskrift 1\", til de afsnit, som du vil inkludere i din indholdsfortegnelse. Efter at du har anvendt disse typografier, kan du oprette en indholdsfortegnelse." @@ -8433,10 +8476,10 @@ msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents" msgstr "For at indsætte en indholdsfortegnelse" #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3150510\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil oprette indholdsfortegnelsen." @@ -8445,79 +8488,78 @@ msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil oprette indholdsfortegnelsen." msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3150528\n" -"18\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"><emph>Index/Table</emph></link> tab." -msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"><emph>Indeks/oversigt</emph></link>." +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index or Table of Contents\"><emph>Index or Table of Contents</emph></link> tab." +msgstr "" #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3153746\n" -"46\n" "help.text" msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box." msgstr "Vælg \"Indholdsfortegnelse\" i feltet <emph>Type</emph>." #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3146856\n" -"47\n" "help.text" msgid "Select any options that you want." msgstr "Vælg de indstillinger du ønsker." #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3146872\n" -"19\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3146896\n" -"20\n" "help.text" -msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style." +msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item> check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item> button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style." msgstr "Hvis du vil bruge en anden afsnitstypografi som indholdsfortegnelseelement, skal du vælge afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Yderligere typografier</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Opret ud fra</item> og så klikke på knappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af afkrydsningsfeltet. I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tildel typografier</item> skal du klikke på typografien på listen og så klikke på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> for at definere dispositionsniveauet for afsnitstypografien." #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "hd_id3153148\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "To Update a Table of Contents" msgstr "For at opdatere en indholdsfortegnelse" #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3153161\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "Do one of the following:" msgstr "Gør et af følgende:" #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3153183\n" -"48\n" "help.text" -msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>." +msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik i indholdsfortegnelsen og vælg <emph>Opdater indeks/oversigt</emph>." #: indices_toc.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_toc.xhp\n" "par_id3147066\n" -"44\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Opdater - Alle indekser og oversigter</emph>." @@ -8531,108 +8573,109 @@ msgid "User-Defined Indexes" msgstr "Brugerdefinerede indekser" #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "bm_id3154896\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>indekser; opret brugerdefinerede indekser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brugerdefinerede indekser</bookmark_value>" #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "hd_id3154896\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"Brugerdefinerede indekser\">Brugerdefinerede indekser</link></variable>" #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3155184\n" -"31\n" "help.text" msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want." msgstr "Du kan oprette så mange brugerdefinerede indekser, som du vil." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "hd_id3155915\n" -"47\n" "help.text" msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index" msgstr "For at oprette et brugerdefineret indeks" #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3155867\n" -"48\n" "help.text" msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index." msgstr "Marker et eller flere ord, som du vil føje til et brugerdefineret indeks." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3153410\n" -"49\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>." -msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Element</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>." +msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Litteraturlisteelement</emph>." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3154248\n" -"50\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box." +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item> box." msgstr "Klik på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nyt brugerdefineret indeks</item> ved siden af feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indeks</item>." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3155886\n" -"51\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." msgstr "Skriv et navn på indekset i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item> og tryk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3147114\n" -"52\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index." +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index." msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> for at tilføje de(t) valgte ord til det nye indeks." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3147139\n" -"53\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." -msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>" +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>." +msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "hd_id3150231\n" -"54\n" "help.text" msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index" msgstr "For at indsætte et brugerdefineret indeks" #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3150933\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte indekset." @@ -8641,45 +8684,44 @@ msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte indekset." msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3150952\n" -"33\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>." -msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Table of Contents, Index or Bibliography</emph>." +msgstr "" #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3150509\n" -"55\n" "help.text" -msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index/Table</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box." +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index or Table of Contents</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> box." msgstr "På fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indeks/oversigt</item> markeres navnet på det brugerdefinerede indeks, som du oprettede i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3146881\n" -"56\n" "help.text" msgid "Select any options that you want." msgstr "Vælg de indstillinger du ønsker." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3146897\n" -"34\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: indices_userdef.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "indices_userdef.xhp\n" "par_id3150720\n" -"20\n" "help.text" -msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item>, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style." +msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional styles</item>, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">Assign styles</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> button to define the outline level for the paragraph style." msgstr "Hvis du vil bruge en anden afsnitstypografi for et element i indholdsfortegnelsen, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier</item> og så klikke på knappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af feltet. Vælg typografien på listen, og klik så på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> for at definere dispositionsniveauet for afsnitstypografien." #: insert_beforetable.xhp @@ -8708,12 +8750,13 @@ msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/inser msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af tekst før en tabel øverst på en side\">Indsættelse af tekst før en tabel øverst på en side</link></variable>" #: insert_beforetable.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "insert_beforetable.xhp\n" "par_id3155923\n" "55\n" "help.text" -msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>." +msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>." msgstr "Hvis du vil indsætte tekst før en tabel, som er øverst på en side, skal du klikke i den første celle i tabellen, foran indholdet i cellen, og så trykke <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> eller <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>." #: insert_beforetable.xhp @@ -8721,8 +8764,8 @@ msgctxt "" "insert_beforetable.xhp\n" "par_idN10612\n" "help.text" -msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>." -msgstr "Hvis du vil indsætte tekst efter en tabel, som er nederst på siden, skal du klikke i den sidste celle i tabellen og trykke <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>." +msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"keycode\">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"keycode\">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"keycode\">+Enter</item>." +msgstr "" #: insert_graphic.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -9133,92 +9176,93 @@ msgid "Combining Numbered Lists" msgstr "Kombinering af nummererede lister" #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "bm_id3150495\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; kombinere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flette;nummererede lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>samle;nummererede lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;kombinere nummererede lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;nummerere ikke-fortløbende</bookmark_value>" #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "hd_id3150495\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Kombinering af nummererede lister\">Kombinering af nummererede lister</link></variable>" #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3149692\n" -"33\n" "help.text" msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list." msgstr "Du kan kombinere nummererede lister i en enkelt fortløbende nummereret liste." #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "hd_id3149452\n" -"34\n" "help.text" msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists" msgstr "For at kombinere fortløbende nummererede lister" #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3154479\n" -"35\n" "help.text" msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists." msgstr "Marker alle afsnittene i listerne." #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3155911\n" -"36\n" "help.text" -msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice." +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice." msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du klikke to gange på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering til/fra</item>." #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "hd_id3155870\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:" msgstr "For at oprette en nummereret liste fra ikke-fortløbende afsnit:" #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3153417\n" -"38\n" "help.text" msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character." msgstr "Hold Ctrl-tasten nede, træk en markering i det første nummererede afsnit. Det er kun nødvendigt at markere et enkelt tegn." #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3149644\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine." msgstr "Fortsæt med at holde Ctrl nede, og træk en markering i hvert nummereret afsnit på listerne som du vil kombinere." #: join_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "join_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3145102\n" -"40\n" "help.text" -msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice." +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon twice." msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du klikke to gange på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering til/fra</item>." #: jump2statusbar.xhp @@ -9457,12 +9501,12 @@ msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current msgstr "Du kan importere typografier fra et andet dokument eller skabelon ind i det aktuelle dokument." #: load_styles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "load_styles.xhp\n" "par_id3155910\n" -"12\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> sidebar deck." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph> for at åbne vinduet <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: load_styles.xhp @@ -9893,91 +9937,91 @@ msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;citater/lignende elementer</bookmark_value>" #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "hd_id3149695\n" -"36\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Angivelse af værdiområder\">Angivelse af værdiområder</link></variable>" #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3155918\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document." msgstr "Du kan automatisk nummerere lignende elementer, såsom citater, i dit dokument." #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3149829\n" -"38\n" "help.text" msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"." msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil tildele nummereringen til, for eksempel, \"Citat nummer \"." #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3155048\n" -"39\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - More Fields</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Flere felter</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item>." #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3156240\n" -"40\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." +msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list." msgstr "Klik på \"Sekvensnummerering\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>." #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3153363\n" -"61\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box." +msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box." msgstr "Skriv \"Citat\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>." #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3153387\n" -"62\n" "help.text" msgid "Do one of the following:" msgstr "Gør et af følgende:" #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3154250\n" -"42\n" "help.text" msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering." msgstr "Indtast et nummer i boksen <emph>Værdi</emph> eller lad boksen være tom for at bruge automatisk nummering." #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3154851\n" -"58\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box." msgstr "Vælg det niveau hvor du ønsker at genstarte nummereringen i boksen <emph>Niveau</emph>." #: number_sequence.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "number_sequence.xhp\n" "par_id3155886\n" -"41\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>." @@ -9991,27 +10035,28 @@ msgid "Adding Line Numbers" msgstr "Tilføjelse af linjenumre" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "bm_id3150101\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>linjenumre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; linjenumre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;linjenumre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; nummerere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerere; linjer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tal; linjenummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>margintal på tekstsider</bookmark_value>" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "hd_id3150101\n" -"3\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Tilføjelse af linjenumre\">Tilføjelse af linjenumre</link></variable>" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3149842\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers." msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk tælle og tilføje linjenumre til linjerne i et helt dokument eller udvalgte afsnit i dokumentet. Linjenumre tages med, når du skriver dokumentet ud. Du kan angive intervaller for linjenumre, startlinjenummeret og om blanke linjer eller linjer i rammer skal tælles med. Du kan også tilføje en separator mellem linjenumrene." @@ -10025,244 +10070,244 @@ msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format." msgstr "Linjenumre er ikke tilgængelige i HTML-format." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "hd_id3153410\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document" msgstr "For at tilføje linjenumre til et helt dokument" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3149640\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Linjenummerering</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3149612\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis nummerering</emph>, og vælg de indstillinger du vil have." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3145101\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "hd_id3156241\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs" msgstr "For at tilføje linjenumre til enkelte afsnit" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3156264\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Linjenummerering</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3153385\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis nummerering</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3154248\n" -"12\n" "help.text" msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." msgstr "Tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for at åbne vinduet <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph>, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3154853\n" -"13\n" "help.text" msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik afsnitstypografien \"Standard\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3150222\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style." msgstr "Alle afsnitstypografier er baseret på typografien \"Standard\"." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3150931\n" -"15\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab." msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Nummerering</emph>" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3150956\n" -"16\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item> area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box." msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Linjenummereringsområdet</item> skal fluebenet i afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering</item> fjernes." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3150520\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3151077\n" -"18\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers." msgstr "Marker det eller de afsnit hvor du vil tilføje linjenumrene." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3151096\n" -"19\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Afsnit</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3153733\n" -"23\n" "help.text" msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3153758\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3146864\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to." msgstr "Du kan også oprette en afsnitstypografi, som omfatter linjenummerering, og anvende den til de afsnit, som du vil give linjenumre." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "hd_id3146880\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number" msgstr "For at angive startlinjenummer" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3150703\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in a paragraph." msgstr "Klik i et afsnit." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3150721\n" -"27\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Afsnit</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3148389\n" -"28\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box." +msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> check box." msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering</item>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3148414\n" -"29\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box." +msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item> check box." msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Genstart ved afsnittet</item> ." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3153779\n" -"30\n" "help.text" -msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box." +msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item> box." msgstr "Angiv et linjenummer i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Begynd med</item>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3153804\n" -"31\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3153934\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Funktioner - Linjenummerering\">Funktioner - Linjenummerering</link>" #: numbering_lines.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "numbering_lines.xhp\n" "par_id3153960\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Formater - Afsnit - Nummerering\">Formater - Afsnit - Nummerering</link>" @@ -10548,11 +10593,12 @@ msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds" msgstr "Ændring af sidebaggrunde" #: pagebackground.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagebackground.xhp\n" "bm_id8431653\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetypografier;baggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>baggrunde; forskellige sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre;sidebaggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;baggrunde</bookmark_value>" #: pagebackground.xhp @@ -10580,11 +10626,12 @@ msgid "To Change the Page Background" msgstr "For at ændre sidebaggrunden" #: pagebackground.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagebackground.xhp\n" "par_idN10827\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: pagebackground.xhp @@ -10676,11 +10723,12 @@ msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a p msgstr "Før du begynder, skal du sikre dig, at du har oprettet en sidetypografi, som bruger en sidebaggrund. Se <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Ændring af sidebaggrund</link> for detaljer." #: pagebackground.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagebackground.xhp\n" "par_idN10892\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: pagebackground.xhp @@ -10740,11 +10788,12 @@ msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Sideskift</emph>." #: pagebackground.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagebackground.xhp\n" "par_idN108D1\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select a page style that uses the page background." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografi</item> skal du vælge en sidetypografi, som bruger sidebaggrunden." #: pagebackground.xhp @@ -11028,11 +11077,12 @@ msgid "Click into the first page of your document." msgstr "Klik ind i den første side af dit dokument." #: pagenumbers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagenumbers.xhp\n" "par_id4313791\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: pagenumbers.xhp @@ -11236,11 +11286,12 @@ msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page sty msgstr "Hvis du kun vil ændre sideretningen for alle sider der anvender den samme sidetypografi skal du først bruge en sidetypografi og dernæst anvende denne typografi:" #: pageorientation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pageorientation.xhp\n" "par_idN10727\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: pageorientation.xhp @@ -11412,11 +11463,12 @@ msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph msgstr "For at tildele et \"Sideskift med typografi\" til den aktuelle afsnitstypografi, skal du højreklikke på den aktuelle typografi. Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger afsnitstypografi</item> fra genvejsmenuen. Vælg fanen <emph>Tekstforløb</emph>. I afsnittet Skift skal du aktivere <emph>Indsæt</emph> og <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph>. Vælg en sidetypografi fra listen." #: pageorientation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pageorientation.xhp\n" "par_id4744407\n" "help.text" -msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox." +msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox." msgstr "For at anvende \"Sideskift med typografi\" til en vilkårlig typografi, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>. Klik på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>. Højreklik på navnet for den afsnitstypografi du ønsker at ændre og vælg så <emph>Modificer</emph>. Vælg fanen <emph>Tekstforløb</emph>. I afsnittet Skift, skal du vælge <emph>Indsæt</emph> og <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph>. Vælg en sidetypografi fra listen." #: pagestyles.xhp @@ -11428,198 +11480,199 @@ msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles" msgstr "Oprette og anvende sidetypografier" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "bm_id7071138\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetypografier; oprette og anvende</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere; sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier; for sider</bookmark_value>" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "hd_id3155182\n" -"1\n" "help.text" -msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link> </variable>" +msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Oprette og anvende sidetypografier</link> </variable>" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3149846\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page." msgstr "$[officename] bruger sidetypografier til at angive layoutet for en side inklusiv sideretning, baggrund, margener, sidehoveder, sidefødder og tekstspalter. For at ændre layoutet af en enkelt side i et dokument, skal du oprette og anvende en brugerdefineret sidetypografi til siden." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "hd_id3156109\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "To Define a New Page Style" msgstr "For at definere en ny sidetypografi" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3153411\n" -"3\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3153133\n" -"12\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon." msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3149641\n" -"13\n" "help.text" msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>." msgstr "I listen af sidetypografier, højreklik et element, og vælg så <emph>Nyt</emph>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3149614\n" -"14\n" "help.text" msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box." msgstr "På fanebladet <emph>Administration</emph> indtastes et navn i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3145110\n" -"15\n" "help.text" msgid "Do one of the following:" msgstr "Gør et af følgende:" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3156252\n" -"16\n" "help.text" msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box." msgstr "For at anvende den tilpassede sidetypografi på en enkelt side, vælg den standard sidetypografi som bruges i dit dokument i boksen <emph>Næste typografi</emph>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3153376\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style." msgstr "For at anvende den tilpassede sidetypografi til mere en side vælg dens navn i boksen <emph>Næste sidetypografi</emph>. for at stoppe brugen af typografien, indsæt et hårdt sideskift og vælg en anden sidetypografi." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3154252\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Brug fanebladene i dialogen til at indstille layoutindstillinger for sidetypografien, og klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "hd_id3154851\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "To Apply a Page Style" msgstr "For at anvende en sidetypografi" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3154873\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to." msgstr "Klik på den side, som du vil anvende sidetypografien på." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3155888\n" -"23\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item> og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografi</item>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3148685\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "Double-click a name in the list." msgstr "Dobbeltklik på et navn på listen." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "hd_id3148701\n" -"18\n" "help.text" msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page" msgstr "For at anvende en sidetypografi på en ny side" #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3147122\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor den nye side skal starte." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150210\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Manuelt skift</emph>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150235\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Sideskift</emph>." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150939\n" -"19\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> skal du vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil anvende på den side, der følger det manuelle skift." #: pagestyles.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "pagestyles.xhp\n" "par_id3150965\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." @@ -11910,99 +11963,100 @@ msgid "Selecting printer paper trays" msgstr "Valg af papirbakker i printeren" #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "bm_id6609088\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>vælge;papirbakker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>papirbakkevalg</bookmark_value>" #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "hd_id3155909\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Valg af papirbakker i printeren</link></variable>" #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3155858\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document." msgstr "Brug sidetypografier til at angive forskellige papirkilder for forskellige sider i dit dokument." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3149841\n" -"7\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3156108\n" -"8\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon." +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon." msgstr "Klik på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item>." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3155066\n" -"9\n" "help.text" msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>." msgstr "Højreklik i listen på den sidetypografi, som du vil angive papirkilden for, og vælg så <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3153416\n" -"10\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item> box, select the paper tray that you want to use." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirbakke</item>, markeres den papirbakke, som du vil bruge." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3153140\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3149649\n" -"12\n" "help.text" msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for." msgstr "Gentag trin 1-5 for hver sidetypografi, som du vil angive papiret for." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3149616\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want." msgstr "Anvend sidetypografien på de sider, som du ønsker." #: printer_tray.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "printer_tray.xhp\n" "par_id3154260\n" -"13\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Oprette og anvende sidetypografier\">Oprette og anvende sidetypografier</link>" @@ -12225,12 +12279,13 @@ msgid "Turning off protection" msgstr "Slå beskyttelse fra" #: protection.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "protection.xhp\n" "par_id3155178\n" "40\n" "help.text" -msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>." +msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>." msgstr "Placer markøren i cellen eller marker cellerne. Først skal du om nødvendigt vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph> og markere <emph>Markør i beskyttede zoner - Aktiver</emph>. Højreklik derefter på cellen for at åbne genvejsmenuen og vælg <emph>Celle - Ophæv beskyttelse</emph>." #: protection.xhp @@ -12296,12 +12351,12 @@ msgid "Place the cursor in the index/table of contents." msgstr "Placer markøren i indekset/indholdsfortegnelse." #: protection.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "protection.xhp\n" "par_id3159088\n" -"47\n" "help.text" -msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>." +msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>. On the Index or Table of Contents tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>." msgstr "Fra genvejsmenuen skal du vælge <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>. På fanebladet Indeks/oversigt, skal du markere <emph>Beskyttet mod manuelle ændringer</emph>." #: protection.xhp @@ -12314,22 +12369,23 @@ msgid "Turning off protection" msgstr "Slå beskyttelse fra" #: protection.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "protection.xhp\n" "par_id3148463\n" "49\n" "help.text" -msgid "Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>." +msgid "Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>." msgstr "Placer markøren i indekset. Først skal du om nødvendigt i <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph> markere <emph>Markør i beskyttede områder - Aktiver</emph>." #: protection.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "protection.xhp\n" "par_id3152968\n" -"50\n" "help.text" -msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>." -msgstr "Fra genvejsmenuen skal du vælge <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>. På fanebladet Indeks/oversigt, skal du fjerne markeringen <emph>Beskyttet mod manuelle ændringer</emph>." +msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>. On the Index or Table of Contents tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>." +msgstr "Fra genvejsmenuen skal du vælge <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>. På fanebladet Indeks/oversigt, skal du markere <emph>Beskyttet mod manuelle ændringer</emph>." #: protection.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12357,126 +12413,127 @@ msgid "Inserting Cross-References" msgstr "Indsætte krydshenvisninger" #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "bm_id3145087\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>henvisninger; indsætte krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>krydshenvisninger; indsætte og opdatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder; krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE-objekter;krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegningsobjekter;krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdatere;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value>" #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "hd_id3145087\n" -"28\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Indsætte krydshenvisninger\">Indsætte krydshenvisninger</link></variable>" #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3159263\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document." msgstr "Krydshenvisninger giver dig mulighed for at hoppe til specifikke tekstpassager og objekter i et enkelt dokument. En krydshenvisning består af et mål og en henvisning, der er indsat som <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">felter</link> i dokumentet." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3155860\n" -"21\n" "help.text" msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets." msgstr "Objekter med billedtekster og bogmærker kan bruges som mål." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "hd_id3149833\n" -"38\n" "help.text" msgid "Cross-Referencing Text" msgstr "Krydshenvisning til tekst" #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3149846\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text." msgstr "Før du kan indsætte en krydshenvisning, skal du angive målene i din tekst." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "hd_id3156105\n" -"52\n" "help.text" msgid "To Insert a Target" msgstr "For at indsætte et mål" #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3153408\n" -"40\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference." msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil brug som et mål til krydshenvisningen." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3153125\n" -"41\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Krydshenvisning</emph>." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3149634\n" -"42\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”." msgstr "I listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, vælg \"Sæt henvisning\"." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3149614\n" -"43\n" "help.text" msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box." msgstr "Skriv et navn på målet i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>. Den markerede tekst vises i feltet <emph>Værdi</emph>." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3145110\n" -"44\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list." +msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list." msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>. Navnet på målet bliver føjet til listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Markering</item>." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3156257\n" -"45\n" "help.text" msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section." msgstr "Lad dialogen være åben og fortsæt til næste sektion." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "hd_id3153370\n" -"53\n" "help.text" msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target" msgstr "For at oprette en krydshenvisning til et mål" @@ -12498,145 +12555,145 @@ msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Krydshenvisning</emph> for at åbne dialogen, hvis den ikke allerede er åben." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3153392\n" -"46\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"." msgstr "I listen <emph>Type</emph>, vælg \"Indsæt henvisning\"." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3154256\n" -"47\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference." msgstr "I listen <emph>Markering</emph>, vælg målet, som du vil krydshenvise til." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3154856\n" -"48\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted." msgstr "I listen <emph>Indsæt reference til</emph> vælges formatet for krydshenvisningen. <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Formatet</link> specificerer typen af information, der vises som krydshenvisning. For eksempel indsætter \"Henvisning\" målteksten, og \"Side\" indsætter sidenummeret, hvor målet er placeret. For fodnoter vil fodnotens nummer blive indsat." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3155895\n" -"49\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3148685\n" -"54\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Luk</emph> når du er færdig." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "hd_id3149980\n" -"29\n" "help.text" msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object" msgstr "Krydshenvisning til et objekt" #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3149992\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>." msgstr "Du kan krydshenvise til de fleste objekter i dit dokument, såsom grafik, tegneobjekter, OLE-objekter og tabeller, så længe de har en billedtekst. For at føje en billedtekst til et objekt, skal du vælge objektet, og så vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Indsæt - Billedtekst</emph></link>." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3147123\n" -"14\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte krydshenvisningen." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3150212\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Krydshenvisning</emph>." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3150236\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object." msgstr "I listen <emph>Type</emph>, vælg billedtekstkategorien for objektet." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3150942\n" -"33\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference." msgstr "I listen <emph>Markering</emph>, vælg nummeret på billedteksten for det objekt, som du vil krydshenvise." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3150968\n" -"34\n" "help.text" msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object." msgstr "I <emph>Indsæt reference til</emph> listen, vælg formatet for krydshenvisningen. I <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Format</link> specificerer du typen af information, der vises som krydshenvisning. For eksempel indsætter \"Henvisning\" billedtekstens kategori og selve billedteksten fra objektet." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3150535\n" -"35\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3151092\n" -"55\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Luk</emph> når du er færdig." #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "hd_id3151115\n" -"56\n" "help.text" msgid "Updating Cross-References" msgstr "Opdater krydshenvisninger" #: references.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references.xhp\n" "par_id3153594\n" -"51\n" "help.text" msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9." msgstr "Opdater krydsreferencerne i et dokument manuelt ved at vælge <emph>Funktioner - Opdatér - Felter </emph> i menuen eller tryk F9." @@ -12658,65 +12715,66 @@ msgid "Modifying Cross-References" msgstr "Modificering af krydshenvisninger" #: references_modify.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references_modify.xhp\n" "bm_id3149291\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>henvisninger; ændre krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>krydshenvisninger; ændre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søge;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value>" #: references_modify.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references_modify.xhp\n" "hd_id3149291\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modificering af krydshenvisninger\">Modificering af krydshenvisninger</link></variable>" #: references_modify.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references_modify.xhp\n" "par_id3153132\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify." msgstr "Klik foran krydshenvisningen som du vil ændre." #: references_modify.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references_modify.xhp\n" "par_id3149632\n" -"3\n" "help.text" msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>." msgstr "Hvis du ikke kan se feltskyggen på krydshenvisningen, skal du vælge <emph>Vis - Feltskygger</emph> eller trykke <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>." #: references_modify.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references_modify.xhp\n" "par_id3149611\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Felter</emph>." #: references_modify.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references_modify.xhp\n" "par_id3145101\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Definer indstillingerne, som du vil, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>." #: references_modify.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "references_modify.xhp\n" "par_id3154255\n" -"5\n" "help.text" -msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document." +msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item> dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document." msgstr "Brug piletasterne i dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger felter</item> til at gennemse krydshenvisningerne i det aktuelle dokument." #: registertrue.xhp @@ -12772,8 +12830,8 @@ msgctxt "" "registertrue.xhp\n" "par_idN10671\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." -msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Hold register</item> og klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>." +msgstr "" #: registertrue.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12820,8 +12878,8 @@ msgctxt "" "registertrue.xhp\n" "par_idN10698\n" "help.text" -msgid "Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox." -msgstr "Ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Hold register</emph>." +msgid "In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox." +msgstr "" #: registertrue.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -12875,12 +12933,12 @@ msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \" msgstr "Denne Autokorrektur-funktion virker kun på tekst, som er formateret med afsnitstypografien \"Standard\"." #: removing_line_breaks.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "removing_line_breaks.xhp\n" "par_id3153138\n" -"5\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>." #: removing_line_breaks.xhp @@ -13389,189 +13447,190 @@ msgid "Inserting Sections" msgstr "Indsætte sektioner" #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "bm_id3149695\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>sektioner; indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indsætte; sektioner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter;indsætte kædede sektioner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opdatere;kædede sektioner, manuelt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kæder;indsætte sektioner</bookmark_value>" #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "hd_id3149695\n" -"16\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Indsætte sektioner\">Indsætte sektioner</link></variable>" #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3155917\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document." msgstr "Du kan indsætte nye sektioner eller referencer til sektioner i andre dokumenter i det aktuelle dokument. Hvis du indsætter en sektion som en kæde, ændres indholdet af kæden når du ændrer kildedokumentet." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "hd_id3155863\n" -"27\n" "help.text" msgid "To Insert a New Section" msgstr "For at indsætte en ny sektion" #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3149843\n" -"23\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section." msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte en ny sektion, eller vælg den tekst, som du vil konvertere til en sektion." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3156103\n" -"28\n" "help.text" msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph." msgstr "Hvis du vælger en tekst, der er indenfor et afsnit, vil teksten automatisk blive konverteret til et nyt afsnit." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3149281\n" -"24\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3153404\n" -"29\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section." msgstr "Skriv et navn på sektionen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny sektion</item>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3153127\n" -"25\n" "help.text" msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>." msgstr "Definerer indstillingerne for sektionen, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "hd_id3149635\n" -"30\n" "help.text" msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link" msgstr "For at indsætte en sektion som en sammenkædning" #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3149648\n" -"31\n" "help.text" msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document." msgstr "Før du kan indsætte en sektion i en sammenkædning, skal du først oprette sektioner i kildedokumentet." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3149611\n" -"18\n" "help.text" msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>." msgstr "Når du åbner et dokument, der indeholder sammenkædede sektioner, spørger $[officename] dig om at opdatere indholdet i sektionerne. For at opdatere en sammenkædning manuelt, skal du vælge <emph>Funktioner - Opdater - Kæder</emph>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3149860\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved." msgstr "Du kan også indsætte sammenkædede sektioner i HTML-dokumenter. Når du viser siden i en webbrowser, vil indholdet af sektionerne modsvare indholdet af sektionerne på det tidspunkt, hvor HTML-dokumentet sidst blev gemt." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3145104\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section." msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte den sammenkædede sektion." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3156241\n" -"33\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3153363\n" -"34\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item> box, type a name for the section." msgstr "Skriv et navn på sektionen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny sektion</item>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3153387\n" -"35\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>" +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item> check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>" msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kæde</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Kæde</item>. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows kan du også vælge afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> for automatisk at opdatere sektionens indhold, når sektionen i kildedokumentet bliver ændret. </caseinline></switchinline>" #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3154852\n" -"36\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">File name</item> box." +msgid "Click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">File name</item> box." msgstr "Klik gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af feltet<item type=\"menuitem\">Filnavn</item>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3155882\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>." msgstr "Find det dokument, der indeholder den sektion, som du vil sammenkæde med, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3149978\n" -"38\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> box, select the section that you want to insert." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sektion</item> vælges den sektion, som du vil indsætte." #: section_insert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "section_insert.xhp\n" "par_id3150003\n" -"39\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>." @@ -13717,27 +13776,28 @@ msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format" msgstr "Gem tekstdokumenter i HTML-format" #: send2html.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "send2html.xhp\n" "bm_id3145087\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter; udgive i HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter; oprette fra tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hjemmesideoprettelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gemme;i HTML-format</bookmark_value>" #: send2html.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "send2html.xhp\n" "hd_id3145087\n" -"1\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Gem tekstdokumenter i HTML-format\">Gem tekstdokumenter i HTML-format</link></variable>" #: send2html.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "send2html.xhp\n" "par_id3149825\n" -"2\n" "help.text" msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages." msgstr "Du kan gemme et $[officename] Writer dokument i HTML-format, så du kan vise det i en webbrowser. Hvis du vil, kan du forbinde et sideskift med en specifik overskriftstypografi for at genere en selvstændig HTML-side, hver gang typografien forekommer i dokumentet. $[officename] Writer opretter automatisk en side, som indeholder hyperlinks til hver af disse sider." @@ -13751,37 +13811,37 @@ msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the documen msgstr "Når du gemmer et tekstdokument i HTML-format, gemmes alle billeder i dokumentet i HTML-filen som indlejrede data streams. $[officename] forsøger at bibeholde det oprindelige grafikformat, f.eks. gemmes JPEG billeder eller SVG-billeder i HTML-dokumentet i deres originale format. Alle andre grafikformater gemmes som PNG." #: send2html.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "send2html.xhp\n" "par_id3155868\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page." msgstr "Anvend en af standardoverskriftstypografierne i $[officename] til afsnitsoverskrifter, for eksempel, \"Overskrift 1\", til de afsnit hvor du vil generere en ny HTML-side." #: send2html.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "send2html.xhp\n" "par_id3156100\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Send - Opret HTML-dokument</emph>." #: send2html.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "send2html.xhp\n" "par_id3149281\n" -"7\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item> box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier</item> skal du vælge den afsnitstypografi, som du vil bruge til at generere en ny HTML-side." #: send2html.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "send2html.xhp\n" "par_id3153407\n" -"9\n" "help.text" msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>." msgstr "Angiv en sti og et navn for HTML-dokumentet, og klik så på <emph>Gem</emph>." @@ -14022,8 +14082,8 @@ msgctxt "" "smarttags.xhp\n" "par_id1917477\n" "help.text" -msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>." -msgstr "Enhver tekst i et Writer-tekstdokument kan markeres med et Smartmærke, som standard en magenta farvet understregning. Du kan ændre farven i <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Programfarve</item>." +msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>." +msgstr "" #: smarttags.xhp msgctxt "" @@ -14074,27 +14134,28 @@ msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar" msgstr "Kontroller stavning og grammatik" #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "bm_id3149684\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>stavekontrol; kontrollere tekstdokumenter manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kontrollere stavning;manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grammatikkontrol</bookmark_value>" #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "hd_id3149684\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Kontrollerer stavning og grammatik\">Kontrollerer stavning og grammatik</link></variable>" #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3149814\n" -"9\n" "help.text" msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document." msgstr "Du kan kontrollere stavning og grammatik manuelt i en tekstmarkering eller i hele dokumentet." @@ -14108,82 +14169,82 @@ msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictiona msgstr "For at kontrollere for stave- og grammatikfejl i en tekst, skal de tilhørende ordbøger være installeret. For mange sprog findes tre ordbogstyper: Stavekontrol, orddelingsregler og synonymordbog. Hver ordbog dækker et enkelt sprog. Grammatikkontrol kan hentes særskilt og installeres som udvidelse. Se <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary\">Udvidelseshjemmesiden</link>." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3149828\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection." msgstr "Stavekontrollen begynder ved den aktuelle markørplacering eller ved begyndelsen af tekstmarkeringen." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3155859\n" -"43\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, eller vælg den tekst, som du vil kontrollere." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3149836\n" -"44\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Stave- og grammatikkontrol</emph>." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3156104\n" -"45\n" "help.text" -msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections." +msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item> dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections." msgstr "Når en mulig stavefejl forekommer, åbner dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stavekontrol</item> og $[officename] foreslår nogle rettelser." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3149861\n" -"46\n" "help.text" msgid "Do one of the following:" msgstr "Gør et af følgende:" #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3145099\n" -"47\n" "help.text" msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>." msgstr "For at acceptere en rettelse skal du klikke på forslaget og så klikke på <emph>Ret</emph>." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3156241\n" -"48\n" "help.text" msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Correct</emph>." msgstr "Rediger sætningen i det øverste tekstfelt og klik så på <emph>Ret</emph>." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3155886\n" -"40\n" "help.text" msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add to Dictionary</emph>." msgstr "For at føje det ukendte ord til en brugerdefineret ordbog skal du klikke på <emph>Tilføj til ordbog</emph>." #: spellcheck_dialog.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n" "par_id3147107\n" -"49\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Dialogen Stave- og grammatikkontrol</link>" @@ -14223,12 +14284,12 @@ msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in msgstr "Du kan hurtigt anvende typografier, såsom afsnit- og tegntypografier, i dit dokument ved at bruge Fyldformattilstand i vinduet Typografier og formatering." #: stylist_fillformat.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fillformat.xhp\n" "par_id3156114\n" -"32\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: stylist_fillformat.xhp @@ -14285,126 +14346,127 @@ msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections" msgstr "Oprettelse af nye typografier ud fra markeringer" #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "bm_id3155911\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>typografier; oprette fra markeringer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>træk og slip;oprette nye typografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiere;typografier, fra markeringer</bookmark_value>" #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "hd_id3155911\n" -"34\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af nye typografier ud fra markeringer\">Oprettelse af nye typografier ud fra markeringer</link></variable>" #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3149829\n" -"35\n" "help.text" msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection" msgstr "For at oprette en ny typografi på baggrund af et manuelt formateret afsnit" #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3156097\n" -"36\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3153402\n" -"42\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create." msgstr "Klik på ikonet for den typografikategori, som du vil oprette." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3153119\n" -"37\n" "help.text" msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to." msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil kopiere typografien fra, for eksempel i et afsnit som du har anvendt manuel formatering på." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3153138\n" -"38\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu" +msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> from the submenu" msgstr "Klik på pilen ved siden af ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny typografi fra markering</item> og vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny typografi fra markering</item> fra undermenuen." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3156260\n" -"43\n" "help.text" -msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box." +msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item> box." msgstr "Skriv et navn i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografinavn</item>." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3154411\n" -"44\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "hd_id3153373\n" -"20\n" "help.text" msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop" msgstr "For at oprette en ny typografi ved hjælp af træk og slip" #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3154233\n" -"31\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3154258\n" -"45\n" "help.text" msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create." msgstr "Klik på ikonet for den typografikategori, som du vil oprette." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3154851\n" -"32\n" "help.text" msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame." msgstr "Marker mindst ét tegn eller objekt i den typografi, som du vil kopiere. For side- og rammetypografier, marker mindst ét tegn eller objekt på siden eller i rammen." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3154871\n" -"33\n" "help.text" msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release." msgstr "Træk tegnet eller objektet til vinduet Typografier og formatering og slip." @@ -14426,10 +14488,10 @@ msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window msgstr "Du kan også trække-og-slippe en ramme ind i vinduet Typografier og formatering for at oprette en ny rammetypografi: Klik på rammen, vent et øjeblik med museknappen trykket ned, men uden at flytte musen, træk så rammen til vinduet Typografier og formatering og slip rammen på ikonet Rammetypografier." #: stylist_fromselect.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_fromselect.xhp\n" "par_id3149988\n" -"40\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Typografier og formatering\">Typografier og formatering</link>" @@ -14460,12 +14522,12 @@ msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_u msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Opdatering af typografier fra markeringer</link></variable>" #: stylist_update.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "stylist_update.xhp\n" "par_id3149838\n" -"40\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>." #: stylist_update.xhp @@ -15213,63 +15275,64 @@ msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page" msgstr "Gentagelse af en tabeloverskrift på en ny side" #: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" "bm_id3155870\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; overskriftgentagelse efter sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gentage; tabeloverskrifter efter sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeloverskrifter; gentage i tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flersidede tabeller</bookmark_value>" #: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" "hd_id3153406\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Gentagelse af en tabeloverskrift på en ny side</link></variable>" #: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" "par_id3149636\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans." msgstr "Du kan gentage en tabeloverskrift på hver ny side som tabellen spænder over." #: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" "par_id3145098\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Tabel - Indsæt - Tabel</emph>." #: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" "par_id3156240\n" -"9\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> check boxes." +msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item> and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item> check boxes." msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfelterne <item type=\"menuitem\">Overskrift</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Gentag tabeloverskrift</item>." #: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" "par_id3153376\n" -"10\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table." msgstr "Marker antal rækker og kolonner for tabellen." #: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n" "par_id3153393\n" -"11\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." @@ -15371,11 +15434,12 @@ msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.16 msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>" #: table_sizing.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_sizing.xhp\n" "par_id3146497\n" "help.text" -msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar." +msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize Size</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar." msgstr "Du kan også inddele rækker og kolonner regelmæssigt ved at bruge ikonerne på værktøjsbjælken <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimer</item> på bjælken <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel</item>." #: table_sizing.xhp @@ -15443,11 +15507,12 @@ msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of th msgstr "For at øge afstanden fra venstre kant af siden til kanten af tabellen, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Valg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift, og tryk så på højre piletast." #: table_sizing.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_sizing.xhp\n" "par_id3155891\n" "help.text" -msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area." +msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area." msgstr "Du kan specificere piletasternes adfærd ved at vælge<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Funktioner - Indstillinger</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</emph> og træffe dine valg i området <emph> Tastaturadfærd</emph>." #: table_sizing.xhp @@ -15459,11 +15524,12 @@ msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell" msgstr "For at ændre bredden af en celle" #: table_sizing.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_sizing.xhp\n" "par_id3148676\n" "help.text" -msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key" +msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key" msgstr "Hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Æble </caseinline><defaultinline> Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, og tryk derefter venstre eller højre piletast" #: table_sizing.xhp @@ -15475,11 +15541,12 @@ msgid "Changing the Height of a Row" msgstr "Ændre højden på en række" #: table_sizing.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "table_sizing.xhp\n" "par_id3153035\n" "help.text" -msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key." +msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key." msgstr "For at ændre højde på en række, placér cursoren i rækken og hold<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Valg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> nede tryk på pil op eller pil ned tasten." #: table_sizing.xhp @@ -15573,12 +15640,13 @@ msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width msgstr "Bemærk at disse egenskaber kun er gyldige for ændringer til kolonnebredde, som er skabt ved brug af tastaturet. Ved brug af musen, er du frit stillet til at ændre kolonnebredde." #: tablemode.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "tablemode.xhp\n" "par_id3156110\n" "8\n" "help.text" -msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item> icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:" +msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type=\"menuitem\"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item> icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:" msgstr "For at sætte indstillingerne for <item type=\"menuitem\">Adfærd for rækker og kolonner</item> for tabeller i tekstdokumenter, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</item>, eller bruge ikonerne <item type=\"menuitem\">Fast</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fast/Proportional</item>, og <item type=\"menuitem\">Variabel</item> på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel</item>. Der er tre visningstilstande for tabeller:" #: tablemode.xhp @@ -15617,72 +15685,73 @@ msgid "Creating a Document Template" msgstr "Oprettelse af en dokumentskabelon" #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "bm_id3149688\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>dokumentskabeloner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skabeloner;oprette dokumentskabeloner</bookmark_value>" #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "hd_id3149688\n" -"62\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en dokumentskabelon\">Oprettelse af en dokumentskabelon</link></variable>" #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3149492\n" -"63\n" "help.text" msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents." msgstr "Du kan oprette en skabelon til brug som grundlag for at oprette nye tekstdokumenter." #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3155915\n" -"64\n" "help.text" msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want." msgstr "Opret et dokument og tilføj indhold og typografier, som du ønsker." #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3147422\n" -"65\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save As Template</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Gem som skabelon</emph>." #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3149829\n" -"66\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item> box, type a name for the new template." msgstr "Skriv et navn på den nye skabelon i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny skabelon</item>" #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3156098\n" -"70\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list." +msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list." msgstr "Vælg en skabelonkategori i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategorier</item>." #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3149281\n" -"71\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." @@ -15691,16 +15760,15 @@ msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3153404\n" -"67\n" "help.text" -msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>." -msgstr "For at oprette et dokument baseret på skabelonen, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil - Ny - Skabelon</item>, vælg skabelonen, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Åben</item>." +msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>." +msgstr "For at oprette et dokument baseret på skabelonen, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil - Ny - Skabelon</item>, vælg skabelonen, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Åbn</item>." #: template_create.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "template_create.xhp\n" "par_id3149636\n" -"68\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Save As Template\">File - Save As Template</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Save As Template\">Filer - Gem som skabelon</link>" @@ -15880,63 +15948,64 @@ msgid "Animating Text" msgstr "Animation af tekst" #: text_animation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_animation.xhp\n" "bm_id3151182\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstanimation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effekter;tekstanimation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animationer;tekst</bookmark_value>" #: text_animation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_animation.xhp\n" "hd_id3151182\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animation af tekst\">Animation af tekst</link></variable>" #: text_animation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_animation.xhp\n" "par_id3145080\n" -"18\n" "help.text" msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text." msgstr "Du kan kun animere tekst, der er indeholdt i et tegneobjekt, såsom rektangler, linjer eller tekstobjekter. Tegn for eksempel et rektangel, dobbeltklik så på rektanglet og indtast din tekst." #: text_animation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_animation.xhp\n" "par_id3149811\n" -"19\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate." msgstr "Marker tegneobjektet som indeholder den tekst, som du vil animere." #: text_animation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_animation.xhp\n" "par_id3155178\n" -"20\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Objekt - Tekstattributter</item> og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstanimation</item>." #: text_animation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_animation.xhp\n" "par_id3149819\n" -"21\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item> box, select the animation that you want." msgstr "Vælg den animation, som du ønsker i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Effekt</item>." #: text_animation.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_animation.xhp\n" "par_id3145786\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Definer effektens egenskaber, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>." @@ -15976,11 +16045,12 @@ msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capi msgstr "Du kan skifte mellem store og små bogstaver i en tekst, formatere tekst med store bogstaver i reduceret størrelse eller ændre første bogstav i hvert ord i en markering til stort bogstav." #: text_capital.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_capital.xhp\n" "par_idN10728\n" "help.text" -msgid "When you apply a formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed." +msgid "When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed." msgstr "Når du anvender en formatering til din tekst med <emph>Formater - Tegn</emph>, forbliver teksten den samme, bare vist på en anden måde. Hvis du i stedet vælger <emph>Formater - STORE/små bogstaver</emph>, bliver teksten permanent ændret." #: text_capital.xhp @@ -16011,11 +16081,12 @@ msgid "Do one of the following:" msgstr "Gør et af følgende:" #: text_capital.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_capital.xhp\n" "par_id1120200910485778\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Uppercase</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Change Case - Uppercase</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - STORE/små bogstaver - STORE BOGSTAVER</item>." #: text_capital.xhp @@ -16054,11 +16125,12 @@ msgid "Do one of the following:" msgstr "Gør et af følgende:" #: text_capital.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_capital.xhp\n" "par_id112020091049000\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Lowercase</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Text - Change Case - Lowercase</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - STORE/små bogstaver - Små bogstaver</item>." #: text_capital.xhp @@ -16078,90 +16150,91 @@ msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page" msgstr "Brug af en ramme til at centrere tekst på en side" #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "bm_id3155177\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstrammer; centrere på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centrere;tekstrammer på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>titelsider; centrere tekst på</bookmark_value>" #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "hd_id3155177\n" -"94\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Brug af en ramme til at centrere tekst på en side\">Brug af en ramme til at centrere tekst på en side</link></variable>" #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3155920\n" -"78\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page." msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil centrere på siden." #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3155868\n" -"79\n" "help.text" msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Ramme</emph>." #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3152765\n" -"82\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Forankring</item>, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Til siden</item>." #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3149844\n" -"95\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item> area, set the dimensions of the frame." msgstr "Sæt dimensionerne for rammen i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Størrelse</item>." #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3156114\n" -"96\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item> area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item> boxes." msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Placering</item> skal du vælge \"Centreret\" i boksene <item type=\"menuitem\">Vandret</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lodret</item>." #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3153410\n" -"97\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3149615\n" -"84\n" "help.text" -msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area." +msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area." msgstr "For at skjule kanterne på rammen, skal du vælge rammen og så vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Ramme/Objekt</item>. Klik på fanebladet<item type=\"menuitem\">Kanter</item>, og klik så i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sæt ingen kant</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linjeplacering</item>." #: text_centervert.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_centervert.xhp\n" "par_id3145098\n" -"83\n" "help.text" msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame." msgstr "For at ændre rammens størrelse, træk i kanterne på rammen." @@ -16201,12 +16274,13 @@ msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page." msgstr "Direkte-markøren giver dig mulighed for at indtaste tekst hvor som helst på en side." #: text_direct_cursor.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_direct_cursor.xhp\n" "par_id3155921\n" "41\n" "help.text" -msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>." +msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>." msgstr "For at bestemme hvordan direkte-markøren skal opføre sig, skal du vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph>." #: text_direct_cursor.xhp @@ -16912,90 +16986,91 @@ msgid "Rotating Text" msgstr "Rotering af tekst" #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "bm_id3155911\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; rotere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotere;tekst</bookmark_value>" #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "hd_id3155911\n" -"65\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotering af tekst\">Rotering af tekst</link></variable>" #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3147410\n" -"66\n" "help.text" msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object." msgstr "Du kan kun rotere tekst, der er indeholdt i et tegneobjekt." #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3153130\n" -"67\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item> toolbar." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis - Værktøjslinjer - Tegning</item> for at åbne værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegning</item>." #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3149866\n" -"68\n" "help.text" -msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>." msgstr "Vælg ikonet <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Ikon</alt></image>." #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3149590\n" -"69\n" "help.text" msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text." msgstr "Træk i dit dokument for at tegne tekstobjektet og skriv så din tekst." #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3154415\n" -"71\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar." +msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar." msgstr "Klik udenfor objektet, og klik så på den tekst du indtastede. Klik på ikonet <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Roter</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Ikon</alt></image> på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegneobjektegenskaber</item>." #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3154252\n" -"72\n" "help.text" msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object." msgstr "Træk i et af hjørnehåndtagene på tekstobjektet." #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3154844\n" -"73\n" "help.text" msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object." msgstr "Du kan også højreklikke på tekstobjektet, vælge <emph>Placering og størrelse</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Rotation</emph>, og indtast så en rotationsvinkel eller en ny position for objektet." #: text_rotate.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "text_rotate.xhp\n" "par_id3155888\n" -"74\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Vis tegnefunktioner\">Vis tegnefunktioner</link>" @@ -17106,12 +17181,12 @@ msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emp msgstr "Skriv et navn i feltet <emph>Ny sektion</emph>, og marker så afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Hyperlink</emph>." #: textdoc_inframe.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "textdoc_inframe.xhp\n" "par_id3149642\n" -"37\n" "help.text" -msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and locate the file." +msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Browse</item> button and locate the file." msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Filnavn</item>, skriv navnet på den fil, som du vil indsætte, eller klik gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) og find filen." #: textdoc_inframe.xhp @@ -17275,12 +17350,12 @@ msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" msgstr "Aktiver for eksempel den automatiske orddelingsindstilling for afsnitstypografien \"Standard\", og anvend derefter typografien på de afsnit, som du vil orddele." #: using_hyphen.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_hyphen.xhp\n" "par_id3149611\n" -"54\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." +msgid "Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>." #: using_hyphen.xhp @@ -17417,18 +17492,19 @@ msgid "Adding Bullets" msgstr "Tilføjelse af punkttegn" #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "bm_id3155186\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>punktopstillinger;slå til og fra</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>afsnit; punktopstillede</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>punkttegn;tilføje og redigere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatere;punkttegn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerne;punkttegn i tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ændre;punkttegnssymboler</bookmark_value>" #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "hd_id3155186\n" -"6\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Tilføjelse af punkttegn\">Tilføjelse af punkttegn</link></variable>" @@ -17442,57 +17518,57 @@ msgid "To Add Bullets" msgstr "For at tilføje punkttegn" #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3149829\n" -"7\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to." msgstr "Marker de afsnit, som du vil føje punkttegn til." #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3149635\n" -"16\n" "help.text" -msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>." +msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>." msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Punkttegn til/fra</item> <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Ikon</alt></image>." #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3145403\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar." msgstr "For at fjerne punkttegn skal du markere det punktopstillede afsnit og så klikke på ikonet <emph>Punkttegn til/fra</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Formatering</emph>." #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "hd_id3154403\n" -"26\n" "help.text" msgid "To Format Bullets" msgstr "For at formatere punkttegn" #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3154416\n" -"9\n" "help.text" msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>." msgstr "For at ændre formateringen af punktopstillinger skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Punktopstilling</item>." #: using_numbered_lists.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbered_lists.xhp\n" "par_id3153390\n" -"14\n" "help.text" -msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area." +msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item> button next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Image</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> area." msgstr "For eksempel, for at ændre punkttegnsymbolet, klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger</item>, klik på gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegn</item>, og vælg så et specialtegn. Du kan også klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Billede</item>, og klik så på en symboltypografi i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Udvalg</item>." #: using_numbered_lists2.xhp @@ -17625,12 +17701,13 @@ msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually" msgstr "For at sætte nummerering manuelt" #: using_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3155866\n" "33\n" "help.text" -msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar." +msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar." msgstr "For at tilføje nummerering manuelt skal du klikke i afsnittet og så klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering til/fra</item> på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>." #: using_numbering.xhp @@ -17709,12 +17786,12 @@ msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply i msgstr "Afsnitstypografier giver dig større kontrol over nummerering, som du anvender i et dokument. Når du ændrer typografiens nummereringsformat, vil alle afsnit, der bruger typografien, automatisk blive opdateret." #: using_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3149646\n" -"35\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item> icon." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>, og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Afsnitstypografier</item>." #: using_numbering.xhp @@ -17727,12 +17804,13 @@ msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and msgstr "Højreklik på afsnitstypografien som du vil føje nummerering til og vælg så <emph>Modificer</emph>." #: using_numbering.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "using_numbering.xhp\n" "par_id3149850\n" "37\n" "help.text" -msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab." +msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item> tab." msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Disposition & nummerering</item>." #: using_numbering.xhp @@ -17951,11 +18029,12 @@ msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion" msgstr "For at slå ordfuldførelse fra" #: word_completion.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "word_completion.xhp\n" "par_idN107A5\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>." +msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>." msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger - Ordfuldførelse</item>." #: word_completion.xhp @@ -18273,11 +18352,12 @@ msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So th msgstr "Ordene kan være sammensat af bogstaver, tal og specialtegn. Således tæller den følgende tekst som fire ord: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com." #: words_count.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "words_count.xhp\n" "par_id111620090113400\n" "help.text" -msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field." +msgid "To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field." msgstr "For at tilføje et tilpasset tegn som ordadskiller, skal du vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Generelt</emph> og tilføje tegnet til feltet <emph>Øvrige skilletegn</emph>." #: words_count.xhp @@ -18306,18 +18386,19 @@ msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects" msgstr "Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter" #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "bm_id3154486\n" "help.text" -msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>" +msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>" msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstombrydning omkring objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konturredigering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konturombrydning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; formatere omkring objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatere; konturombrydning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; konturombrydning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ombryde tekst;redigere konturer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigeringsprogrammer;konturredigering</bookmark_value>" #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "hd_id3154486\n" -"8\n" "help.text" msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>" msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter\">Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter</link></variable>" @@ -18331,10 +18412,10 @@ msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object" msgstr "For at ombryde tekst om et objekt" #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3149696\n" -"9\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the object." msgstr "Vælg objektet." @@ -18343,115 +18424,114 @@ msgstr "Vælg objektet." msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3155907\n" -"10\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Wrap</emph>, and then choose the wrapping style that you want to apply." -msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Ombrydning</emph>, og vælg så den ombrydningstypografi, du vil bruge." +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Objects - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab to choose the wrapping style that you want to apply." +msgstr "" #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3155859\n" -"4\n" "help.text" msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet." msgstr "Den aktuelle ombrydningstypografi vises med et punkttegn." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "hd_id3149834\n" -"14\n" "help.text" msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties" msgstr "For at angive ombrydningsegenskaber" #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3154079\n" -"15\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the object." msgstr "Vælg objektet." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3153396\n" -"11\n" "help.text" -msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Image</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab." +msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Image - Properties</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab." msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Billede</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Ombrydning</emph></link>." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3153370\n" -"5\n" "help.text" msgid "Set the options that you want." msgstr "Definer de indstillinger, som du vil bruge." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3153386\n" -"16\n" "help.text" msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>." msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "hd_id3154247\n" -"17\n" "help.text" msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic" msgstr "For at ændre ombrydningskonturen på grafik" #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3154262\n" -"18\n" "help.text" msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around." msgstr "Du kan ændre den kontur, som teksten ombrydes efter." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3154860\n" -"19\n" "help.text" msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>." msgstr "Marker grafikken, højreklik og vælg så <emph>Ombrydning - Rediger kontur</emph>." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3150231\n" -"7\n" "help.text" -msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)." +msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item> icon (green check mark)." msgstr "Brug værktøjerne til at tegne en ny kontur, og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Anvend</item> (grøn flueben)." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3150947\n" -"21\n" "help.text" -msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window." +msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item> window." msgstr "Luk vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Konturredigering</item>." #: wrap.xhp +#, fuzzy msgctxt "" "wrap.xhp\n" "par_id3150520\n" -"22\n" "help.text" msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>" msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Konturredigering\">Konturredigering</link>" |